Repair and Diagnosis (Single Page)

You are viewing the full "tree" of links on one page. This can load slowly, but is easier to search. The same page can appear multiple times under a different folder, that is why the page is so large.
View "split tree" where inner folders are split out. where inner links are on separate pages.

Expand All (for easy ctrl-f) Collapse All

• Quick Lookups
  • Common Specs & Procedures
    • Air Conditioning
      • Automatic System
        • Auto A/C Service Specifications
        • Auto A/C Torque Specifications
      • Manual System
        • Manual A/C Service Specifications
        • Manual A/C Torque Specifications
    • Axle Nut/Hub Nut
    • Battery
      • Battery Service Specifications
      • Battery Service Torque Specifications
    • Brakes
      • Bleeding Sequence
      • Disc Brakes
        • Disc Brakes Service Specifications
        • Disc Brakes Torque Specifications
    • Charging System
      • Generator
        • Generator Service Specifications
        • Generator Torque Specifications
    • Drive Belts
      • Adjustment
        • Adjustment Specifications
      • Drive Belt Routing
        • Routing Illustrations
    • Engine Cooling
      • Service
        • Engine Cooling Torque Specifications
      • Radiator Cap Pressure
      • Thermostat Removal & Installation
      • Water Pump Removal & Installation
    • Engine Mechanical
      • 4.2L
        • Compression
        • Oil Pressure
        • Overhaul
        • Torque
      • 5.3L
        • Compression
        • Oil Pressure
        • Overhaul
        • Torque
    • Fluid Specifications
    • Flywheel/Flex Plate Torque
      • 4.2 L
      • 5.3 L
    • Fuel System
      • Fuel Pressure
        • Fuel System Specifications
      • Fuel Pressure Test Procedure
      • Fuel Filter
    • Ignition
      • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
      • High Tension Wires
        • High Tension Wire Resistance Specifications
      • IGNTION Timing
      • Spark Plugs
        • Spark Plug Specifications
    • Starting
      • Starter Motor
        • Starter Motor Application
        • Starter Torque Specifications
    • Wheel Alignment
      • Alignment Specifications
      • Tightening Specifications
    • Wheel & Tire
      • Wheel Lug Nut Torque
  • DTC Index
    • Air Bag DTCS
    • Anti-Lock Brake DTCS
    • Automatic Transmission (4L60-E/4L65-E) DTCS
    • Body Control Module DTCS
    • Cellular Communication DTCS
    • Cruise Control DTCS
    • Data Link Communication DTCS
    • Defogger DTCS
    • Engine Cooling DTCS
    • Engine Electrical DTCS
    • Engine Performance - 4.2L DTCS
    • Engine Performance - 4.8L & 5.3L DTCS
    • HVAC, Automatic DTCS
    • HVAC, Manual DTCS
    • Instrument Panel DTCS
    • Lighting DTCS
    • Navigation DTCS
    • Power Door Lock, Mirror & Window DTCS
    • Power Seat DTCS
    • Retained Accessory Power DTCS
    • Theft Deterrent DTCS
    • Transfer Case (NVG 126-NP4) DTCS
    • Transfer Case (NVG 226-NP8) DTCS
    • Washer/Wiper DTCS
  • Electrical Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
    • Wiring Systems (Component Locator)
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block - Underhood, Label (4.2L - Early Production)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood, Label (4.2L - Late Production)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood (5.3L), Label (Early Production)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood (5.3L), Label (Late Production)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood, Top View (4.2L - Early Production)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood, Top View (4.2L - Late Production)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood, Top View (5.3L - Early Production)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood, Top View (5.3L - Late Production)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood, Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Rear (SWB), Label
        • Fuse Block - Rear (LWB, Except XUV), Label
        • Fuse Block - Rear (XUV), Label
        • Fuse Block - Rear (SWB), Top View
        • Fuse Block - Rear (LWB, Except XUV), Top View
        • Fuse Block - Rear (XUV), Top View
        • Fuse Block - Rear, Bottom View
  • Fluids
  • Technical Bulletins
    • Campaigns
    • Safety Recalls
    • Technical Service Bulletins
  • Tire Fitment
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views - Connector Index
      • Connector Index
    • OEM Connector End Views (1 Of 5)
      • ABS Connector End Views
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Inverting Driver Module Connector End View (Buick/Oldsmobile w/NW7)
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View
      • Adjustable Pedals Connector End Views
        • Electronic Adjustable Pedals (EAP) Assembly Connector End View
        • Electronic Adjustable Pedals (EAP) Relay Connector End View
        • Electronic Adjustable Pedals (EAP) Switch Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End Views
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 3-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Actuator Connector End View
      • Body Control System Connector End Views
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View
      • Body Rear End Connector End Views
        • Endgate Actuator Connector End View
        • Endgate Drop Handle Switch Connector End View
        • Endgate Key Cylinder Connector End View
        • Endgate Latch Relay Connector End View
        • Endgate Module (EGM) Connector End View
        • Endgate Swing Handle Switch Connector End View
        • Endgate Window Regulator Connector End View
        • Glass Full Down Switch Connector End View
        • Liftgate Module (LGM) Connector End View
        • Liftgate Latch Assembly Connector End View
        • Lift Glass Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Midgate Glass Motor Connector End View
        • Midgate Latch Connector End View
        • Midgate Latch Release Switch Connector End View
        • Overhead Console Switch Assembly Connector End View
        • Quarterglass Actuator Connector End View (Long Wheelbase Except XUV)
        • Quarterglass Switch Connector End View (Long Wheelbase Except XUV)
      • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
        • Cellular Microphone Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View
      • Cooling System Connector End Views
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View
      • Data Link Communications Connector End Views
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP205 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP306 Connector End View
      • Electrical Center Identification Connector End Views
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood, Bottom View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Rear, Bottom View
    • OEM Connector End Views (2 Of 5)
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views (4.2L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Actuator Solenoid Assembly Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil Connector End View
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Connector End View
        • Throttle Body Connector End View
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views (4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil Connector End View
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT)/Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View
        • Throttle Body Connector End View
      • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
        • Generator Connector End View
      • Entertainment Connector End Views
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View
        • Digital Video Disc (DVD) Player Connector End View
        • Noise Compensation Microphone Connector End View
        • Radio Connector End View
        • Speaker Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Connector End View
        • Voice Recorder Connector End View
      • Garage Door Opener Connector End Views
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View
      • Horns Connector End Views
        • Horn System Connector End View
      • HVAC Connector End Views (Automatic)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Assembly Connector End View
        • A/C Low Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary (Long Wheelbase Except XUV)
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor Assembly Connector End View - Inside
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Ambient Light/Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Blower Motor Control Module Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View - Auxiliary (Long Wheelbase Except XUV)
        • Blower Motor Fuse Connector End View - Auxiliary (Long Wheelbase Except XUV)
        • Blower Motor Switch Connector End View - Front Auxiliary (Long Wheelbase Except XUV)
        • Console Mode Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Coolant Bypass Valve Connector End View (Long Wheelbase Except XUV)
        • Defrost Actuator Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary (Long Wheelbase Except XUV)
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
      • HVAC Connector End Views (Manual)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Assembly Connector End View
        • A/C Low Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary (Long Wheel Base except XUV)
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View - Auxiliary (Long Wheel Base except XUV)
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View - Auxiliary (Long Wheel Base except XUV)
        • Blower Motor Fuse Connector End View - Auxiliary (Long Wheel Base except XUV)
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Switch Connector End View - Front Auxiliary (Long Wheel Base except XUV)
        • Console Mode Actuator Connector End View (Long Wheel Base except XUV)
        • Coolant Bypass Valve Connector End View (Long Wheel Base except XUV)
        • Defrost Actuator Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
      • Hydraulic Brakes Connector End Views
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
    • OEM Connector End Views (3 Of 5)
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C100 (4.2L) I/P Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View
        • C101 Chassis Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C102 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly Harness Connector End View - Left
        • C103 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly Harness Connector End View - Right
        • C104 (4.2L) Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness Connector End View
        • C105 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C107 (5.3L) Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C108 (5.3L) Engine Harness to Ignition Coil Harness Connector End View
        • C109 (5.3L) Engine Harness to Ignition Coil Harness Connector End View
        • C115 (5.3L) Engine Harness to Knock Sensor Harness Connector End View
        • C118 Forward Lamp Harness to Cooling Fan Tether Harness Connector End View
        • C175 Engine Harness to Automatic Transmission Harness Connector End View
        • C201 Steering Column Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C203 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C220 (Except XUV) Infotainment Jumper Harness (U42) to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C221 (Except XUV) Infotainment Jumper Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C225 I/P Harness to Electronic Adjustable Pedal Assembly Harness (JF4) Connector End View
        • C302 (W49/Z70 w/NW7) Traction Control Jumper Harness to Console Harness Connector End View
        • C303 (Z70) I/P Harness to Center Console Harness Connector End View
        • C304 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C305 (Except XUV) Overhead Console Harness to Headliner Harness Connector End View
        • C305 (XUV) Headliner Harness to Overhead Console Harness Connector End View
        • C306 Headliner Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C307 Console Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C308 (CF5) Headliner Harness to Sunroof Harness Connector End View
        • C309 (LWB Except XUV) Body Harness to Console Harness Connector End View
        • C310 (4WD) Engine Harness to Chassis Harness Connector End View
        • C311 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C312 Seat Back Harness to Seat Harness Connector End View - Driver
        • C313 Seat Motor Harness to Seat Harness Connector End View - Driver
        • C314 (AR9) Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C315 Seat Back Harness to Seat Harness Connector End View - Passenger
        • C316 Seat Motor Harness to Seat Harness Connector End View - Passenger
        • C320 (XUV) Body Harness to Midgate Harness Connector End View
        • C321 (XUV) Body Harness to Power Roof Harness Connector End View
        • C322 (XUV) Body Harness to Power Roof Harness Connector End View
        • C401 (LWB Except XUV) Body Harness to Rear HVAC Module Connector End View
        • C500 Left Front Door Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C600 Right Front Door Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C700 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C800 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C900 (Except XUV) Body Harness to Liftgate Harness Connector End View
        • C900 (XUV) Body Harness to Endgate Harness Connector End View
        • C901 Connector End View
        • C902 (Y92) Body Harness to Liftgate Harness Connector End View
        • C904 (Except XUV) Rear Defogger Harness to Liftgate Harness Connector End View
        • C905 (Except XUV) Rear Defogger Harness to Liftgate Harness Connector End View
    • OEM Connector End Views (4 Of 5)
      • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View - 4.2L
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View - 5.3L
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Connector End View
      • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Ambient Light/Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View
        • Cargo Lamp Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Clearance Lamp Connector End View
        • Cornering Lamp Connector End View
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View
        • Headlamp Connector End View
        • Headlamp Leveling Actuator Connector End View
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View
        • Park Lamps Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View
        • Reading Lamp Connector End View (Long Wheelbase Except XUV)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Tail Lamp Circuit Board Connector End View
        • Trailer Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher Module Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
      • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Outside RearView Mirror Connector End View - Driver
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View
        • Window Motor Connector End View
        • Window Switch Connector End View
      • Power Outlet Connector End Views
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
      • Power Roof Systems Connector End Views
        • Cargo Release Switch Connector End View
        • Overhead Console Switch Assembly Connector End View
        • Power Roof Module Connector End View
        • Power Roof Motor Connector End View
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
    • OEM Connector End Views (5 Of 5)
      • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View
        • Lumbar Adjuster Switch Connector End View
        • Lumbar Horizontal Motor Connector End View
        • Lumbar Horizontal Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View
        • Seat Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View
      • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End Views (4.2L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View
      • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End Views (4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View
      • Seat Belt Connector End Views
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - LF
      • SIR Connector End Views
        • Electronic Frontal Sensor (EFS) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack SP201 Connector End View
      • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View
      • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator Connector End View
      • Suspension Controls Connector End Views
        • Air Suspension Compressor Assembly C1 Connector End View
        • Air Suspension Compressor Assembly C2 (Air Suspension Inflator Switch) Connector End View
        • Air Suspension Sensor Connector End View
      • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
        • Hood Ajar Switch Connector End View (Export)
        • Passlock Sensor Connector End View
      • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views (Immobilizer)
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Connector End View
        • Inclination Sensor Connector End View
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Connector End View
      • Transfer Case Control Connector End Views (NVG 126-NP4)
        • Propshaft Speed Sensor Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Encoder Motor Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View
      • Transfer Case Control Connector End Views (NVG 226-NP8)
        • Front Axle Actuator Connector End View
        • Propshaft Speed Sensor Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Encoder Motor Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Connector End View
      • Wiper/Washer System Connector End Views
        • Headlamp Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Outside Moisture Sensor Connector End View
        • Rear Window Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Rear Window Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Rear Window Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
        • 4.2L VIN S
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Suspension
      • Engine Performance
        • 4.2L VIN S
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Memory Systems
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 4.2L VIN S
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems - Connector End Views
      • Connectors
        • Power and Grounding Connector
          • Ignition Switch
        • Inline Harness Connector
          • C100 (4.2L) I/P Harness to Engine Harness
          • C101 Chassis Harness to I/P Harness
          • C102 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly Harness - Left
          • C103 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly Harness - Right
          • C104 (4.2L) Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness
          • C105 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness
          • C107 (5.3L) Engine Harness to I/P Harness
          • C108 (5.3L) Engine Harness to Ignition Coil Harness
          • C109 (5.3L) Engine Harness to Ignition Coil Harness
          • C115 (5.3L) Engine Harness to Knock Sensor Harness
          • C118 Forward Lamp Harness to Cooling Fan Tether Harness
          • C175 Engine Harness to Automatic Transmission Harness
          • C201 Steering Column Harness to I/P Harness
          • C203 Body Harness to I/P Harness
          • C220 (Except XUV) Infotainment Jumper Harness (U42) to Body Harness
          • C221 (Except XUV) Infotainment Jumper Harness to I/P Harness
          • C225 I/P Harness to Electronic Adjustable Pedal Assembly Harness (JF4)
          • C302 (W49/Z70 w/NW7) Traction Control Jumper Harness to Console Harness
          • C303 (Z70) I/P Harness to Center Console Harness
          • C304 Body Harness to I/P Harness
          • C305 (Except XUV) Overhead Console Harness to Headliner Harness
          • C305 (XUV) Headliner Harness to Overhead Console Harness
          • C306 Headliner Harness to Body Harness
          • C307 Console Harness to I/P Harness
          • C308 (CF5) Headliner Harness to Sunroof Harness
          • C309 (LWB Except XUV) Body Harness to Console Harness
          • C310 (4WD) Engine Harness to Chassis Harness
          • C311 (A50) Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness
          • C311 (AR9) Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness
          • C312 (Except AR9) Seat Back Harness to Seat Harness - Driver
          • C312 (AR9) Seat Back Harness to Seat Harness - Driver
          • C313 (AR9) Seat Motor Harness to Seat Harness - Driver
          • C313 (A50) Seat Motor Harness to Seat Harness - Driver
          • C314 (AR9) Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness
          • C315 (w/o KA1) Seat Back Harness to Seat Harness - Passenger
          • C315 (KA1) Seat Back Harness to Seat Harness - Passenger
          • C316 Seat Motor Harness to Seat Harness - Passenger
          • C320 (XUV) Body Harness to Midgate Harness
          • C321 (XUV) Body Harness to Power Roof Harness
          • C322 (XUV) Body Harness to Power Roof Harness
          • C401 (LWB Except XUV) Body Harness to Rear HVAC Module
          • C500 Left Front Door Harness to Body Harness
          • C600 Right Front Door Harness to Body Harness
          • C700 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness
          • C800 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness
          • C900 (Except XUV) Body Harness to Liftgate Harness
          • C900 (XUV) Body Harness to Endgate Harness
          • C901 (Except XUV)
          • C901 (XUV)
          • C902 (Y92) Body Harness to Liftgate Harness
          • C904 (Except XUV) Rear Defogger Harness to Liftgate Harness
          • C905 (Except XUV) Rear Defogger Harness to Liftgate Harness
        • Splice Pack Connector
          • Splice Pack SP201
    • Wiring Systems (Diagnostic Information And Procedures)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Utility/Van Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
            • Notes
            • Round Wire Connectors
            • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
      • Wiring Repairs
        • Notes
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
        • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
        • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
        • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
        • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
        • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
        • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
      • Connector Repairs
        • Notes
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Accessories & Equipment
  • Accessories Control Systems
    • Adjustable Pedal System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Adjustable Pedals Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Adjustable Pedals Component Views
        • Adjustable Pedals Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Adjustable Pedals (With Memory)
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Adjustable Pedals (W/O Memory)
        • Diagnostic System Check - Adjustable Pedals
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Driver Seat Module
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3606
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3607
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Adjustable Pedals
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Adjustable Pedals Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement
          • Replacement Procedure
          • Installation Procedure.
        • Accelerator Pedal Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adjustable Pedals Description and Operation
          • Adjustable Pedals System Components
          • Adjustable Pedals System Operation
    • Garage Door Opener System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Garage Door Opener Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Garage Door Opener Component Views
        • Garage Door Opener Connector
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Garage Door Opener
        • Symptoms - Garage Door Opener
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Garage Door Opener Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Garage Door Opener Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garage Door Opener Programming - Universal
          • Garage Door Opener Programming
          • Training the GDO for Rolling Code Receivers
          • Erasing Channels
      • Description and Operation
        • Garage Door Opener Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Anti-Theft Systems
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1017 or B3970: (Passenger Door Module (PDM)) Output Driver Module (ODM) 1 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1017 or B3970: (Driver Door Module (DDM)): Output Driver Module (ODM) 1 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1023: Integral Switch Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1550: Mirror Left Front or Right Front Select Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1720: Mirror Up and Down Control Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1721: Mirror Left and Right Control Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B1723: Mirror Motor Control Circuit 1 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1724: Mirror Motor Control Circuit 2 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3808: Rear Door Lock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3809: Rear Door Unlock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3819: Left Rear Power Window Up Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3820: Left Rear Power Window Down Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3821: Window Lockout Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3822: Right Rear Power Window Up Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3823: Right Rear Power Window Down Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3824: Window Lockout Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Front Door)
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Rear Door)
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Front Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Rear Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Endgate/Liftgate
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Functions Inoperative
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door (Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Driver
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Passenger
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Lens Replacement - Turn Signal
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Express Down Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar And Passenger Door Ajar
          • Left Rear Door Ajar And Right Rear Door Ajar
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Power Mirrors)
          • Power Mirror System
            • Power Mirror System Components
            • Power Mirror System Controls
            • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Memory Mirror System
            • Memory Mirror System Controls
            • Memory Mirror System Operation
          • Mirror Tilt in Reverse System
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Controls
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Operation
          • Folding Mirror System
            • Folding Mirror System Controls
            • Folding Mirror System Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Heated Mirrors)
          • Heated OSRV Mirror
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Keyless Entry System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Keyless Entry Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Keyless Entry Component Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Keyless Entry
        • Diagnostic System Check - Remote Keyless Entry
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Keyless Entry
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Panic Mode Inoperative
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Programming
          • Notes
          • Method 1 - No Tools Required
          • Method 2 - Scan Tool Required
      • Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Driver Door Only
          • Unlock All Doors - Second Operation
          • Lock All Doors
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release
          • Panic Alarm
          • Keyless Entry Personalization
          • Rolling Code
          • Automatic Synchronization
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Component Views
        • Theft Deterrent System Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Diagnostic System Check - Theft Deterrent
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2945: Security System Sensor Power Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2955: Security System Sensor Data Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2960: Sec Sys Sensor Data Incorrect but Valid
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3033: Security System Indicates Tamper
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1626: Theft Deterrent Fuel Enable Signal Not Received
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1630: Theft Deterrent Learn Mode Active
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1631: Theft Deterrent Start Enable Signal Not Correct
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1632: Theft Deterrent Start Disable Signal Received
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Does Not Disarm with Key Lock
        • Horn Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Lights Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Security Indicator Always On or Flashing
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Notes
          • Conditions
          • Learn Procedures
          • 10 Minute Learn Procedure
          • 30 Minute Learn Procedure
      • Theft Systems Description and Operation
        • Theft System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • SECURITY Indicator
          • Theft Lock Radio (if applicable)
          • CTD/VTD Description and Operation
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Important
          • Arming the CTD System
          • Locking The Vehicle Without Arming The CTD System
          • Disarming an Armed System/Silencing an Alarm
          • CTD Circuit Description
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Door Ajar Switches
          • Power Door Lock Switches
          • Inputs
          • Outputs
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Description and Operation
          • Passlock™ System
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case, Including the Passlock™ Sensor
          • Ignition Switch
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Powertrain Control Module
          • Theft System Indicator
          • Fuel Lockout Cycle
          • Changing the Passlock™ Components
    • Theft Deterrent System & Anti-Theft System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Component Views
        • Theft Deterrent System Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Diagnostic System Check - Theft Deterrent
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2734
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3055
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Condition for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3060
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3935
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1630
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
        • Inclination Sensor Inoperative
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Theft Deterrent Inclination Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Replacing Keys
        • Adding Keys
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Notes
          • Procedure to setup a New Theft Deterrent Control Module
          • 10 Minute Re-Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Security Indicator
          • Radio with Theftlock
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Theft Deterrent Control Module
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • The Ignition Key (Transponder)
            • Notes
            • Master Keys
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • SECURITY Indicator Operation
            • Notes
            • SECURITY Indicator Illuminates when Engine is Running
            • SECURITY Indicator Illuminated and Engine Does Not Start
            • SECURITY Indicator Flashes and Engine Does Not Start
  • Communication Devices
    • Body Control System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Body Control System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Body Control System Component Views
        • Body Control System Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Body Control System
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1000: ECU Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1004: Keep Alive Memory (KAM) Reset
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1007: Electronic Control Unit (ECU) Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1009: EEPROM Checksum Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1397: Device Voltage Reference Output {single or 1} Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1440: Power Mode Master Input Circuits Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC C0550: ECU Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Body Control System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Mode Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Control Module References
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Wiring Harness Extension Replacement - BCM
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Programming/RPO Configuration
          • Introduction
          • Programming the BCM
          • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Relearn Restraints ID
      • Description and Operation
        • Body Control System Description and Operation
          • BCM Functions
          • Serial Data Power Mode
          • Fail-Safe Operation
            • Notes
            • Serial Data Messages
            • Discrete Ignition Signals
    • Data Link Communication System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Data Link Communications Schematic Icons
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Data Link Communications Component Views
        • Data Link Communications Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Data Link Communications
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC U1000: Class 2 Data Link
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1001-U1254: Module U1XXX Communication
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1300, U1301, or U1305: Class 2 Data Link Shorted
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Data Link Communications
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Scan Tool Does Not Power Up
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Class 2 Device (W/O Immobilizer)
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Class 2 Device (W/ Immobilizer)
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Description and Operation
        • Data Link Communications Description and Operation
          • Circuit Description
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Class 2 Serial Data Line
    • Service Programming System
      • Repair Instructions
        • Service Programming System (SPS)
  • Cruise Control Systems
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Cruise Control Schematics
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cruise Control
      • Diagnostic System Check - Cruise Control
        • Description
        • Test Description
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Cruise Control)
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Disengage History)
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
      • DTC P0567 (4.2L): Cruise Control Resume Switch Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0567 (5.3L): Cruise Control Resume Switch Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0568 (4.2L): Cruise Control Set Switch Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0568 (5.3L): Cruise Control Set Switch Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1574: Stoplamp Switch Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Symptoms - Cruise Control
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Cruise Control Indicator Always On
      • Cruise Control Indicator Inoperative
      • Cruise Control Inoperative/Malfunctioning (4.2L)
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Conditions for Enabling Cruise Control
      • Cruise Control Inoperative/Malfunctioning (5.3L)
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Conditions for Enabling Cruise Control
        • Test Description
    • Description and Operation
      • Cruise Control Description and Operation (4.2L)
        • Notes
        • Cruise Control Engaged
        • Cruise Control Disengaged
        • Cruise Control Inhibited
      • Cruise Control Description and Operation (5.3L)
        • Notes
        • Cruise Control Engaged
        • Cruise Control Disengaged
        • Cruise Control Inhibited
  • Entertainment Systems
    • Cellular Communication System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • OnStar Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cellular Communication Component Views
        • Cellular Communication Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular Communication
        • Diagnostic System Check - Cellular Communication
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List (Gen 5)
        • Scan Tool Data List (Gen 6)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Gen 5)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Gen 6)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2455: Cellular Phone Microphone Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2470: Cellular Phone Antenna Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2476: Cellular Phone Select Service Switch Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2482: Cellular Phone Select Service Switch Range/Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2483 or B2484: Global Positioning System (GPS) Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC U1500: Inter-device Dedicated Bus 1
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
        • OnStar Steering Wheel Control Functions Inoperative
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
          • Test Description
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Reconfiguration
      • Repair Instructions
        • Antenna Assembly Replacement - Cellular and Navigation
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • OnStar Button Assembly Replacement
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Navigation Control Processor Bracket Replacement (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Navigation Control Processor Bracket Replacement (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • OnStar Microphone Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle (Generation 5)
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle (Generation 6)
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OnStar® Steering Wheel Controls
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
    • Entertainment System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics
        • Voice Recorder Schematics
        • Video System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment Component Views
        • Entertainment Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Entertainment
        • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1001
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1025, B1035, B1045, or B1055
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1259
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1271
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B2815
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
          • Using a Test Antenna
          • Antenna Ground Test
          • Antenna Coaxial Cable Testing
        • Digital Radio Poor or No Reception
        • Audio Distortion - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
        • Radio Displays LOC, LOCKED, or CODE
        • Radio Displays CLN or CLEAN
        • Radio Displays CAL or CAL ERR
        • Noise Compensated Volume Inoperative
        • Tape Player Weak, Slow, or Garbled Output
        • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative
        • Reduced Volume - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
          • Speakers - Reduced Volume
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Radio/Audio System
          • All Speakers Inoperative
          • Speakers - One Channel Inoperative
          • One Speaker Inoperative
        • Voice Recorder Inoperative
        • Video Entertainment System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Video or Audio Distortion
          • Video Entertainment System Wireless Headphone Inoperative
          • Video Entertainment System Remote Control Inoperative
        • Radio Audio Inoperative at Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Control
        • Radio Setup (With RPO UM8)
          • Notes
          • Radio Replacement
        • Digital Radio Receiver Setup
          • Notes
          • XM Activation
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
      • Repair Instructions
        • Personal Message Player/Recorder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radio Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Receiver Replacement - Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement (Bravada, Envoy, TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement (Envoy XL, TrailBlazer EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement (Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cassette Player Care and Cleaning
          • Tools Required
        • Microphone Replacement - Radio Volume Compensator Interior
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fixed Antenna Mast Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Replacement - Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Extension Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Video Player Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Video Display Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • AM/FM Reception
            • Radio Signal
            • AM Reception
            • FM Reception
            • XM Satellite Radio
          • Theft Deterrent
          • Integral Multi Disc CD Changer (IMDX)
            • Notes
            • Single Disc Loading
            • Multi Disc Loading
            • Removing CDs
          • Amplifier
          • Automatic Volume Control
          • Radio Data System (RDS)
            • Notes
            • RDS Basic Information
            • Displaying Program Information
            • Controlling the Radio
            • Viewing and Selecting RDS Information for Display
            • Using the RDS Traffic Feature
            • Alternate Frequency (AF) Switching
            • RDS Clock Time
          • Radio Error Messages
          • Voice Recorder
          • Rear Seat Audio (RSA)
            • Notes
            • Power (PWR)
            • Volume (VOL)
            • Source Switching
            • Seek (SEEK)
            • Preset Scan
            • Next
          • XM Satellite Radio
            • Notes
            • Digital Radio Receiver
            • Viewing Messages
            • Selecting a Program Type
        • Video Entertainment System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Rear Seat Entertainment System
            • Notes
            • DVD Player
            • DVD Player Buttons
            • Playing a Disc
            • Stopping and Resuming Play
            • Ejecting the Disc
            • DVD Messages
            • Parental Control Button
            • Video Screen
            • Remote Control
            • Remote Control Buttons
            • Battery Replacement
            • Wireless Headphones
            • Stereo RCA Jacks
            • Audio Output
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Exterior Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Headlight Leveling Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Lighting Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Data
          • Inputs
          • Output Control
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0951: Dimming Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1480: Battery Rundown Protection Circuit Malf
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2527: Front Fog Lamp Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2530: Front Foglamps Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2540: Rear Foglamps Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2550: Backup Lamps Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2575: Headlamp Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2580: Headlamp High Beam Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2585: Parklamp Control Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2610: Passenger Compartment Dimming 1 Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2615: Passenger Compartment Dimming 2 Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2620: Display Dimming Input Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2625: Display Dimming Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) Output Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2645: Ambient Light Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3801: Passenger Compartment Lamp Request Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3802: Parklamps Request Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Clearance Lamps Inoperative
        • Cornering Lamps Always On
        • Cornering Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Defeat Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) On with Park Brake Applied
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On - Rear
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative - Rear
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamp Switch On Indicator Always On
        • Headlamp Switch On Indicator Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • Headlight Leveling Inoperative
        • High Beam Indicator Always On
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • License Lamps Inoperative
        • Marker Lamps Inoperative
        • Memory/Heated Seat Switch Backlighting Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Tail Lamps Inoperative
        • Tail, Marker, and License Lamps Always On
        • Tail, Marker, and License Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard and Turn Signal Flasher Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome and Reading Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Replacement (TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Replacement (Envoy, Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Replacement (Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Replacement (Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement (TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XUV, Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Screen Method for Headlamp Aiming
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front (Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front (Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front (Envoy, Envoy XUV, TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal/Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (Envoy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal/Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal/Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal/Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cornering Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cornering Lamp Bulb Replacement (Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cornering Lamp Bulb Replacement (Envoy, Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cornering Lamp Bulb Replacement (Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Clearance Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Envoy, TrailBlazer, Rainier, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cargo Lamp Replacement (Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Replacement (GMC)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Bulb Replacement (GMC)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Circuit Board Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Side Marker Lamp Replacement (Oldsmobile)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Headlamp Leveling (Export)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail, Marker, License, and Clearance Lamps
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Cornering Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Vanity Mirror Lamps
          • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Gauges & Instrument Panels
    • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Schematic Icons
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0540: Speedometer Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B0560: Tachometer Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1372: Device Ignition 1 (ON and START) Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2961: Key In Ignition Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0461: Fuel Level Sensor Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0462: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0522: Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0523: Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0608: Vehicle Speed Output Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0654: Engine Speed Output Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
            • Notes
            • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
            • Engine Oil Pressure Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
            • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
              • Diagnostic Aids
              • Test Description
            • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
            • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
            • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
            • Volt Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
            • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
            • Low Fuel Indicator Inoperative
            • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
            • Chime Always On
            • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Lower (GMC/Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Knee Bolster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knee Bolster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory (GMC)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory (Oldsmobile/Buick)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster (Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster (GMC/Oldsmobile/Buick)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Storage Bin Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Shift Lever Bezel Replacement (Oldsmobile, Buick)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Console Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Engine Oil Pressure Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Odometer
          • PRND321 Display
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
          • Voltmeter
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Change Engine Oil
          • Check Gages
          • Check Oil Level
          • Fuel Level Low
          • Ice Possible
          • Oil Pressure Low Stop Engine
          • OVERSPEED
          • Program Cluster
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • DIC Displays
          • Vehicle Information
          • DIC Trip Information / Reset Capabilities
          • Trip Reset Stem
          • Odometer
          • Trip Odometers
          • Timer
          • Fuel Information
            • DIC Fuel Information / Reset Capabilities
            • Range
            • Average Fuel Economy
            • Instantaneous Fuel Economy
          • Engine Oil Life
          • Feature Programming
            • Notes
            • Driver Warnings
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Door Ajar Warning
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key-In-Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Additional Warnings
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Headlights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Headlight Leveling Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Lighting Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Data
          • Inputs
          • Output Control
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0951: Dimming Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1480: Battery Rundown Protection Circuit Malf
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2527: Front Fog Lamp Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2530: Front Foglamps Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2540: Rear Foglamps Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2550: Backup Lamps Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2575: Headlamp Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2580: Headlamp High Beam Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2585: Parklamp Control Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2610: Passenger Compartment Dimming 1 Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2615: Passenger Compartment Dimming 2 Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2620: Display Dimming Input Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2625: Display Dimming Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) Output Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2645: Ambient Light Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3801: Passenger Compartment Lamp Request Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3802: Parklamps Request Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Clearance Lamps Inoperative
        • Cornering Lamps Always On
        • Cornering Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Defeat Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) On with Park Brake Applied
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On - Rear
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative - Rear
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamp Switch On Indicator Always On
        • Headlamp Switch On Indicator Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • Headlight Leveling Inoperative
        • High Beam Indicator Always On
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • License Lamps Inoperative
        • Marker Lamps Inoperative
        • Memory/Heated Seat Switch Backlighting Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Tail Lamps Inoperative
        • Tail, Marker, and License Lamps Always On
        • Tail, Marker, and License Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard and Turn Signal Flasher Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome and Reading Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Replacement (TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Replacement (Envoy, Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Replacement (Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Replacement (Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement (TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XUV, Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Screen Method for Headlamp Aiming
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front (Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front (Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front (Envoy, Envoy XUV, TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal/Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (Envoy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal/Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal/Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal/Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cornering Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cornering Lamp Bulb Replacement (Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cornering Lamp Bulb Replacement (Envoy, Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cornering Lamp Bulb Replacement (Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Clearance Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Envoy, TrailBlazer, Rainier, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cargo Lamp Replacement (Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Replacement (GMC)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Bulb Replacement (GMC)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Circuit Board Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Side Marker Lamp Replacement (Oldsmobile)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Headlamp Leveling (Export)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail, Marker, License, and Clearance Lamps
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Cornering Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Vanity Mirror Lamps
          • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Heated Glass/Defoggers
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • HVAC Control Module
          • Liftgate Module (LGM)/Endgate Module (EGM)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0283: Electric Rear Defrost Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Temperature Display Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Temperature Displays SC or OC
        • Mirrors - Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Side Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (TrailBlazer, Envoy, XL)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (XUV)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinged Body Side Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows (W/Frame)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows (W/O Frame)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Encapsulated Stationary Windows
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Compass
          • Temperature Display
          • Temperature Display Update Process
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature and Compass without OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display without OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature with Compass and OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display with OnStar®
        • Compass Calibration and Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation (With LGM)
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation (With EGM)
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Horns Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horns Component Views
        • Horns Connector
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
        • Diagnostic System Check - Horns
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Horns - Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Column/Ignition Lock Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View
        • Steering Wheel and Column Component Views
        • Steering Wheel and Column Connector
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
        • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
        • Lock System Does Not Unlock
        • Lock System Does Not Lock
        • Lock System Sticks in Start
        • Key Cannot Be Removed in the Off Lock Position
        • High Lock Effort
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • High Shift Effort
        • Looseness in Steering Column
      • Repair Instructions
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Upper
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Lower
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction Turn Signal Switch Housing Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Spring Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Lever Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Horn Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Theft Deterrent Lock Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Spring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Upper Bearing Thrust Washer
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Jacket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Wire Harness Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security-Some Vehicle Models
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Infotainment
    • Cellular Communication System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • OnStar Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cellular Communication Component Views
        • Cellular Communication Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular Communication
        • Diagnostic System Check - Cellular Communication
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List (Gen 5)
        • Scan Tool Data List (Gen 6)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Gen 5)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Gen 6)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2455: Cellular Phone Microphone Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2470: Cellular Phone Antenna Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2476: Cellular Phone Select Service Switch Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2482: Cellular Phone Select Service Switch Range/Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2483 or B2484: Global Positioning System (GPS) Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC U1500: Inter-device Dedicated Bus 1
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
        • OnStar Steering Wheel Control Functions Inoperative
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
          • Test Description
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Reconfiguration
      • Repair Instructions
        • Antenna Assembly Replacement - Cellular and Navigation
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • OnStar Button Assembly Replacement
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Navigation Control Processor Bracket Replacement (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Navigation Control Processor Bracket Replacement (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • OnStar Microphone Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle (Generation 5)
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle (Generation 6)
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OnStar® Steering Wheel Controls
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
    • Entertainment System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics
        • Voice Recorder Schematics
        • Video System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment Component Views
        • Entertainment Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Entertainment
        • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1001
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1025, B1035, B1045, or B1055
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1259
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1271
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B2815
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
          • Using a Test Antenna
          • Antenna Ground Test
          • Antenna Coaxial Cable Testing
        • Digital Radio Poor or No Reception
        • Audio Distortion - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
        • Radio Displays LOC, LOCKED, or CODE
        • Radio Displays CLN or CLEAN
        • Radio Displays CAL or CAL ERR
        • Noise Compensated Volume Inoperative
        • Tape Player Weak, Slow, or Garbled Output
        • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative
        • Reduced Volume - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
          • Speakers - Reduced Volume
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Radio/Audio System
          • All Speakers Inoperative
          • Speakers - One Channel Inoperative
          • One Speaker Inoperative
        • Voice Recorder Inoperative
        • Video Entertainment System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Video or Audio Distortion
          • Video Entertainment System Wireless Headphone Inoperative
          • Video Entertainment System Remote Control Inoperative
        • Radio Audio Inoperative at Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Control
        • Radio Setup (With RPO UM8)
          • Notes
          • Radio Replacement
        • Digital Radio Receiver Setup
          • Notes
          • XM Activation
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
      • Repair Instructions
        • Personal Message Player/Recorder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radio Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Receiver Replacement - Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement (Bravada, Envoy, TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement (Envoy XL, TrailBlazer EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement (Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cassette Player Care and Cleaning
          • Tools Required
        • Microphone Replacement - Radio Volume Compensator Interior
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fixed Antenna Mast Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Replacement - Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Extension Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Video Player Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Video Display Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • AM/FM Reception
            • Radio Signal
            • AM Reception
            • FM Reception
            • XM Satellite Radio
          • Theft Deterrent
          • Integral Multi Disc CD Changer (IMDX)
            • Notes
            • Single Disc Loading
            • Multi Disc Loading
            • Removing CDs
          • Amplifier
          • Automatic Volume Control
          • Radio Data System (RDS)
            • Notes
            • RDS Basic Information
            • Displaying Program Information
            • Controlling the Radio
            • Viewing and Selecting RDS Information for Display
            • Using the RDS Traffic Feature
            • Alternate Frequency (AF) Switching
            • RDS Clock Time
          • Radio Error Messages
          • Voice Recorder
          • Rear Seat Audio (RSA)
            • Notes
            • Power (PWR)
            • Volume (VOL)
            • Source Switching
            • Seek (SEEK)
            • Preset Scan
            • Next
          • XM Satellite Radio
            • Notes
            • Digital Radio Receiver
            • Viewing Messages
            • Selecting a Program Type
        • Video Entertainment System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Rear Seat Entertainment System
            • Notes
            • DVD Player
            • DVD Player Buttons
            • Playing a Disc
            • Stopping and Resuming Play
            • Ejecting the Disc
            • DVD Messages
            • Parental Control Button
            • Video Screen
            • Remote Control
            • Remote Control Buttons
            • Battery Replacement
            • Wireless Headphones
            • Stereo RCA Jacks
            • Audio Output
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Navigation Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Navigation System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Navigation System Component Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Navigation System
        • Diagnostic System Check - Navigation System
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0004: Vehicle Movement Without Speed Signal
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2462: Global Positioning System (GPS) Signal Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Navigation Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • No Global Positioning System (GPS) Reception
        • Navigation System - Vehicle Position Indicator Inoperative or Erratic
      • Repair Instructions
        • Antenna Replacement - Global Positioning System (GPS) (Module Assembly Radio Antenna)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Navigation System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Navigation System Components
          • Navigation Radio
          • Global Positioning System (GPS) Antenna
          • GPS Reception
          • Route Guidance
          • Point of Interest (POI)
          • Map DVD
  • Interior/Exterior Trim
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1017 or B3970: (Passenger Door Module (PDM)) Output Driver Module (ODM) 1 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1017 or B3970: (Driver Door Module (DDM)): Output Driver Module (ODM) 1 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1023: Integral Switch Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1550: Mirror Left Front or Right Front Select Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1720: Mirror Up and Down Control Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1721: Mirror Left and Right Control Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B1723: Mirror Motor Control Circuit 1 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1724: Mirror Motor Control Circuit 2 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3808: Rear Door Lock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3809: Rear Door Unlock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3819: Left Rear Power Window Up Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3820: Left Rear Power Window Down Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3821: Window Lockout Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3822: Right Rear Power Window Up Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3823: Right Rear Power Window Down Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3824: Window Lockout Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Front Door)
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Rear Door)
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Front Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Rear Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Endgate/Liftgate
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Functions Inoperative
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door (Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Driver
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Passenger
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Lens Replacement - Turn Signal
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Express Down Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar And Passenger Door Ajar
          • Left Rear Door Ajar And Right Rear Door Ajar
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Power Mirrors)
          • Power Mirror System
            • Power Mirror System Components
            • Power Mirror System Controls
            • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Memory Mirror System
            • Memory Mirror System Controls
            • Memory Mirror System Operation
          • Mirror Tilt in Reverse System
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Controls
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Operation
          • Folding Mirror System
            • Folding Mirror System Controls
            • Folding Mirror System Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Heated Mirrors)
          • Heated OSRV Mirror
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Emblem Replacement - Grille (Envoy, Envoy XUV, TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem Replacement - Grille (Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement (Envoy, Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement (TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement (Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement (Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Hood Front (Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Hood Front (Envoy, Envoy XUV, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Wheel Opening
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Wheel Opening
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Door Body Side (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Envoy XUV)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Door Body Side (Bravada, Rainier)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Door Body Side (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Envoy XUV)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Door Body Side (Bravada, Rainier)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Window Reveal Replacement - Endgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Liftgate Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Opening Door Flare Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rocker Molding Scuff Plate Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rocker Molding Scuff Plate Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel Rear
          • Removal Procedures
          • Installation Procedure
        • Applique Replacement - Roof Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Applique Replacement - Roof Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Schematic Icons
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0540: Speedometer Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B0560: Tachometer Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1372: Device Ignition 1 (ON and START) Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2961: Key In Ignition Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0461: Fuel Level Sensor Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0462: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0522: Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0523: Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0608: Vehicle Speed Output Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0654: Engine Speed Output Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
            • Notes
            • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
            • Engine Oil Pressure Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
            • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
              • Diagnostic Aids
              • Test Description
            • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
            • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
            • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
            • Volt Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
            • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
            • Low Fuel Indicator Inoperative
            • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
            • Chime Always On
            • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Lower (GMC/Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Knee Bolster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knee Bolster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory (GMC)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory (Oldsmobile/Buick)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster (Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster (GMC/Oldsmobile/Buick)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Storage Bin Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Shift Lever Bezel Replacement (Oldsmobile, Buick)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Console Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Engine Oil Pressure Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Odometer
          • PRND321 Display
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
          • Voltmeter
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Change Engine Oil
          • Check Gages
          • Check Oil Level
          • Fuel Level Low
          • Ice Possible
          • Oil Pressure Low Stop Engine
          • OVERSPEED
          • Program Cluster
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • DIC Displays
          • Vehicle Information
          • DIC Trip Information / Reset Capabilities
          • Trip Reset Stem
          • Odometer
          • Trip Odometers
          • Timer
          • Fuel Information
            • DIC Fuel Information / Reset Capabilities
            • Range
            • Average Fuel Economy
            • Instantaneous Fuel Economy
          • Engine Oil Life
          • Feature Programming
            • Notes
            • Driver Warnings
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Door Ajar Warning
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key-In-Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Additional Warnings
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Interior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL, Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Carpet Drying
        • Carpet Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Rear (Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Cover Replacement - Rear Floor Trim Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Rear Floor - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement (Envoy XUV)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coat Hook Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Overhead (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Overhead (Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Console Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Windshield Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Center Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Body Side Window - Front (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Body Side Window - Rear (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Cover Replacement - Body Lock Pillar Upper Tie Bar - Cargo (Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Cover Replacement - Body Lock Pillar Upper Tie Bar - Passenger (Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Body Lock Pillar Upper (Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Body Lock Pillar Lower (Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter Upper (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cover Replacement - Rear Seat Floor Trim Panel Stud (Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter - Left (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter - Left (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter - Right (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter - Right (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Body Side (Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cover Replacement - Jack Stowage (Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Jack and Tool Stowage Container Bracket Replacement (Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
  • Interior/Illumination Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Headlight Leveling Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Lighting Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Data
          • Inputs
          • Output Control
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0951: Dimming Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1480: Battery Rundown Protection Circuit Malf
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2527: Front Fog Lamp Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2530: Front Foglamps Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2540: Rear Foglamps Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2550: Backup Lamps Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2575: Headlamp Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2580: Headlamp High Beam Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2585: Parklamp Control Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2610: Passenger Compartment Dimming 1 Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2615: Passenger Compartment Dimming 2 Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2620: Display Dimming Input Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2625: Display Dimming Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) Output Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2645: Ambient Light Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3801: Passenger Compartment Lamp Request Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3802: Parklamps Request Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Clearance Lamps Inoperative
        • Cornering Lamps Always On
        • Cornering Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Defeat Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) On with Park Brake Applied
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On - Rear
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative - Rear
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamp Switch On Indicator Always On
        • Headlamp Switch On Indicator Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • Headlight Leveling Inoperative
        • High Beam Indicator Always On
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • License Lamps Inoperative
        • Marker Lamps Inoperative
        • Memory/Heated Seat Switch Backlighting Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Tail Lamps Inoperative
        • Tail, Marker, and License Lamps Always On
        • Tail, Marker, and License Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard and Turn Signal Flasher Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome and Reading Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Replacement (TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Replacement (Envoy, Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Replacement (Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Replacement (Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement (TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XUV, Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Screen Method for Headlamp Aiming
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front (Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front (Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front (Envoy, Envoy XUV, TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal/Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (Envoy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal/Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal/Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal/Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cornering Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cornering Lamp Bulb Replacement (Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cornering Lamp Bulb Replacement (Envoy, Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cornering Lamp Bulb Replacement (Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Clearance Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Envoy, TrailBlazer, Rainier, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cargo Lamp Replacement (Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Replacement (GMC)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Bulb Replacement (GMC)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Circuit Board Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Side Marker Lamp Replacement (Oldsmobile)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Headlamp Leveling (Export)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail, Marker, License, and Clearance Lamps
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Cornering Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Vanity Mirror Lamps
          • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Memory Modules
    • Adjustable Pedal System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Adjustable Pedals Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Adjustable Pedals Component Views
        • Adjustable Pedals Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Adjustable Pedals (With Memory)
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Adjustable Pedals (W/O Memory)
        • Diagnostic System Check - Adjustable Pedals
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Driver Seat Module
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3606
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3607
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Adjustable Pedals
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Adjustable Pedals Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement
          • Replacement Procedure
          • Installation Procedure.
        • Accelerator Pedal Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adjustable Pedals Description and Operation
          • Adjustable Pedals System Components
          • Adjustable Pedals System Operation
    • Personalization Systems
      • Description and Operation
        • Personalization Description and Operation
          • Personalization
        • Vehicle Personalization
          • Notes
          • Programmable Locking Feature
            • Notes
            • Programmable Unlocking Feature
        • Driver Personalization
          • Memory Seats Programming
          • Programming Features with the Driver Information Center (DIC)
            • Notes
            • Automatic Door Locks
            • Remote Activation Verification
            • Delayed Lighting
            • Perimeter Lighting
            • Memory Seat Recall
            • Easy Exit Seat
            • Tilt Mirror In Reverse
            • Content Theft Deterrent Alarm
            • Display Language
            • Display Units (E/M)
            • Exit Programming
          • Additional Information
  • Mirrors
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1017 or B3970: (Passenger Door Module (PDM)) Output Driver Module (ODM) 1 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1017 or B3970: (Driver Door Module (DDM)): Output Driver Module (ODM) 1 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1023: Integral Switch Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1550: Mirror Left Front or Right Front Select Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1720: Mirror Up and Down Control Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1721: Mirror Left and Right Control Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B1723: Mirror Motor Control Circuit 1 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1724: Mirror Motor Control Circuit 2 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3808: Rear Door Lock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3809: Rear Door Unlock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3819: Left Rear Power Window Up Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3820: Left Rear Power Window Down Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3821: Window Lockout Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3822: Right Rear Power Window Up Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3823: Right Rear Power Window Down Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3824: Window Lockout Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Front Door)
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Rear Door)
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Front Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Rear Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Endgate/Liftgate
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Functions Inoperative
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door (Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Driver
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Passenger
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Lens Replacement - Turn Signal
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Express Down Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar And Passenger Door Ajar
          • Left Rear Door Ajar And Right Rear Door Ajar
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Power Mirrors)
          • Power Mirror System
            • Power Mirror System Components
            • Power Mirror System Controls
            • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Memory Mirror System
            • Memory Mirror System Controls
            • Memory Mirror System Operation
          • Mirror Tilt in Reverse System
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Controls
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Operation
          • Folding Mirror System
            • Folding Mirror System Controls
            • Folding Mirror System Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Heated Mirrors)
          • Heated OSRV Mirror
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • HVAC Control Module
          • Liftgate Module (LGM)/Endgate Module (EGM)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0283: Electric Rear Defrost Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Temperature Display Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Temperature Displays SC or OC
        • Mirrors - Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Side Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (TrailBlazer, Envoy, XL)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (XUV)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinged Body Side Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows (W/Frame)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows (W/O Frame)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Encapsulated Stationary Windows
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Compass
          • Temperature Display
          • Temperature Display Update Process
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature and Compass without OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display without OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature with Compass and OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display with OnStar®
        • Compass Calibration and Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation (With LGM)
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation (With EGM)
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Seats
    • Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Driver Seat Schematics
        • Passenger Seat Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Systems Component Views
        • Power Seat Systems Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Diagnostic System Check - Power Seat Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Driver Seat Module (DSM)
          • Driver Door Module (DDM)
          • Passenger Door Module (PDM)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1735, B1740, B1745, B1750, B1755, B1760, B1815, or B1820: Power Seat Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1770, B1775, B1780, B1785, B1790, B1805, or B2415: Seat Motor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1825, B1850, B1860, B2355, B2365, or B2375: Seat Position Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1830, B1835, B1840 or B1845: Seat Lumbar Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2425 or B2430: Seat Heater Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2435 or B2440: Seat Back Heater Sensor
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Seats
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Seat Inoperative (with Memory)
        • Power Seat Inoperative (w/o Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Move Forward/Rearward
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Forward (with Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Rearward (with Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Recline (with Memory)
        • Memory Seat Feature Inoperative
        • Lumbar Support Inoperative
        • Heated Seat Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Replacement - Front Bucket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Outer Trim Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Panel Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Support Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Support Knob Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Mechanism Replacement - Manual
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Switch Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Switch Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Mechanism Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Calibration Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Guide Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Cover Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL, Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Trim Panel Replacement - Rear No.1 (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL, Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Bracket Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Bracket Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL, Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Latch Release Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mid-Position Floor Latch Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL, Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Pull Strap Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL, Envoy XUV)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL, Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL, Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Release Latch Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Release Latch Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL, Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL, Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Hinge Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Hinge Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL, Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Hinge Cover Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Latch Bracket - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement - Rear Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Guide Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Retractor Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rest Replacement - Rear Seat and Midgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Panel Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pull Handle Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Guide Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Extension Panel Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Hinge Filler Cover Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inner Riser Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outer Riser Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Cross Bar Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Latch Rod Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Riser Latch Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation
          • Power Seat System Components
          • Power Seat System Operation
        • Lumbar Support Description and Operation
          • Lumbar Support System Components
          • A51 Lumbar Support System Operation
          • AR9 Lumbar Support System Operation
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation
          • Heated Seats System Components
          • Heated Seats System Operation
        • Memory Seats Description and Operation
          • Memory Seat System Components
          • Memory Seat System Description
          • Memory Set/Recall Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Steering Column Switches
    • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Column/Ignition Lock Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View
        • Steering Wheel and Column Component Views
        • Steering Wheel and Column Connector
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
        • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
        • Lock System Does Not Unlock
        • Lock System Does Not Lock
        • Lock System Sticks in Start
        • Key Cannot Be Removed in the Off Lock Position
        • High Lock Effort
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • High Shift Effort
        • Looseness in Steering Column
      • Repair Instructions
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Upper
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Lower
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction Turn Signal Switch Housing Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Spring Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Lever Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Horn Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Theft Deterrent Lock Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Spring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Upper Bearing Thrust Washer
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Jacket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Wire Harness Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security-Some Vehicle Models
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Window Motors & Regulators
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1017 or B3970: (Passenger Door Module (PDM)) Output Driver Module (ODM) 1 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1017 or B3970: (Driver Door Module (DDM)): Output Driver Module (ODM) 1 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1023: Integral Switch Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1550: Mirror Left Front or Right Front Select Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1720: Mirror Up and Down Control Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1721: Mirror Left and Right Control Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B1723: Mirror Motor Control Circuit 1 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1724: Mirror Motor Control Circuit 2 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3808: Rear Door Lock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3809: Rear Door Unlock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3819: Left Rear Power Window Up Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3820: Left Rear Power Window Down Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3821: Window Lockout Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3822: Right Rear Power Window Up Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3823: Right Rear Power Window Down Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3824: Window Lockout Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Front Door)
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Rear Door)
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Front Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Rear Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Endgate/Liftgate
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Functions Inoperative
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door (Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Driver
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Passenger
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Lens Replacement - Turn Signal
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Express Down Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar And Passenger Door Ajar
          • Left Rear Door Ajar And Right Rear Door Ajar
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Power Mirrors)
          • Power Mirror System
            • Power Mirror System Components
            • Power Mirror System Controls
            • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Memory Mirror System
            • Memory Mirror System Controls
            • Memory Mirror System Operation
          • Mirror Tilt in Reverse System
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Controls
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Operation
          • Folding Mirror System
            • Folding Mirror System Controls
            • Folding Mirror System Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Heated Mirrors)
          • Heated OSRV Mirror
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • HVAC Control Module
          • Liftgate Module (LGM)/Endgate Module (EGM)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0283: Electric Rear Defrost Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Temperature Display Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Temperature Displays SC or OC
        • Mirrors - Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Side Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (TrailBlazer, Envoy, XL)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (XUV)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinged Body Side Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows (W/Frame)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows (W/O Frame)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Encapsulated Stationary Windows
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Compass
          • Temperature Display
          • Temperature Display Update Process
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature and Compass without OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display without OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature with Compass and OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display with OnStar®
        • Compass Calibration and Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation (With LGM)
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation (With EGM)
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wiper/Washer Systems
    • Wiper System & Washer System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Wiper/Washer System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Wiper/Washer System Component Views
        • Wiper/Washer System Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wiper/Washer Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Wiper/Washer
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • BCM Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • LGM Scan Tool Data List
          • EGM Scan Tool Data List
          • IPC Scan Tool Data List
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1017 or B3970: Rear Wiper Motor Control Circuit Is Shorted To Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B2697: Headlamp Washer Request Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3810 or B3811: Washer Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Wiper/Washer Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Washer Fluid Indicator Malfunction
        • Washers Always On
        • Washers Inoperative
        • Wipers Always On
        • Wipers Inoperative - All Modes
        • Wipers Inoperative - One or More Modes
          • Test Description
        • Moisture Sensing Feature Inoperative
        • Washer Always On - Rear
        • Washer Inoperative - Rear
        • Washers Inoperative - Headlamp
        • Washers Always On - Headlamp
        • Wiper Inoperative - Rear (Except XUV)
          • Test Description
        • Wiper Inoperative - Rear (XUV)
          • Test Description
        • Wiper Arm Tip Pressure Check
          • Wiper Arm Pressure Check
        • Wiper Blade Element Check
          • Blade Element Set Check
      • Repair Instructions
        • Washer Solvent Container Replacement (Envoy, TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Solvent Container Replacement (Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Solvent Container Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Pump Replacement - Windshield
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Pump Replacement - Headlamp
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Nozzle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hose Replacement (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hose Replacement (Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hose Replacement - Headlamp Washer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hose Replacement - Windshield Washer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Blade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Blade Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Transmission Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Outside Moisture Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Chatter Repair
        • Windshield Glass Cleaning
        • Blade Element Cleaning
        • Washer Pump Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Hose Replacement - Liftgate (TrailBlazer, Envoy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Hose Replacement - Liftgate (XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Nozzle Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer, Envoy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Nozzle Replacement - Rear (XUV, Rainier)
        • Washer Hose Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer, Envoy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Hose Replacement - Rear (XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer, Envoy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Replacement - Rear (XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Blade Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer, Envoy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Blade Replacement - Rear (XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blade Element Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer, Envoy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blade Element Replacement - Rear (XUV)
        • Wiper Motor Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer, Envoy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Replacement - Rear (XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Park Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer, Envoy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Park Replacement - Rear (XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper/Washer Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Wiper/Washer System Description and Operation
          • Windshield Wiper/Washer System Components
          • Windshield Wiper/Washer System Operation
          • Moisture Sensitive Wipers
          • Check Washer Fluid Message
        • Rear Wiper/Washer System Description and Operation
          • Rear Wiper/Washer System Components
          • Rear Washer Operation
          • Rear Wiper Operation (with LGM)
          • Rear Wiper Operation (with EGM)
        • Headlamp Washer System Description and Operation
          • Headlamp Washer System Components
          • Headlamp Washer System Controls
          • Headlamp Washer System Operation
• Body & Frame
  • Door Locks
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1017 or B3970: (Passenger Door Module (PDM)) Output Driver Module (ODM) 1 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1017 or B3970: (Driver Door Module (DDM)): Output Driver Module (ODM) 1 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1023: Integral Switch Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1550: Mirror Left Front or Right Front Select Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1720: Mirror Up and Down Control Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1721: Mirror Left and Right Control Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B1723: Mirror Motor Control Circuit 1 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1724: Mirror Motor Control Circuit 2 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3808: Rear Door Lock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3809: Rear Door Unlock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3819: Left Rear Power Window Up Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3820: Left Rear Power Window Down Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3821: Window Lockout Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3822: Right Rear Power Window Up Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3823: Right Rear Power Window Down Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3824: Window Lockout Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Front Door)
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Rear Door)
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Front Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Rear Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Endgate/Liftgate
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Functions Inoperative
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door (Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Driver
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Passenger
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Lens Replacement - Turn Signal
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Express Down Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar And Passenger Door Ajar
          • Left Rear Door Ajar And Right Rear Door Ajar
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Power Mirrors)
          • Power Mirror System
            • Power Mirror System Components
            • Power Mirror System Controls
            • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Memory Mirror System
            • Memory Mirror System Controls
            • Memory Mirror System Operation
          • Mirror Tilt in Reverse System
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Controls
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Operation
          • Folding Mirror System
            • Folding Mirror System Controls
            • Folding Mirror System Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Heated Mirrors)
          • Heated OSRV Mirror
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Keyless Entry System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Keyless Entry Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Keyless Entry Component Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Keyless Entry
        • Diagnostic System Check - Remote Keyless Entry
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Keyless Entry
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Panic Mode Inoperative
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Programming
          • Notes
          • Method 1 - No Tools Required
          • Method 2 - Scan Tool Required
      • Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Driver Door Only
          • Unlock All Doors - Second Operation
          • Lock All Doors
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release
          • Panic Alarm
          • Keyless Entry Personalization
          • Rolling Code
          • Automatic Synchronization
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Component Views
        • Theft Deterrent System Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Diagnostic System Check - Theft Deterrent
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2945: Security System Sensor Power Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2955: Security System Sensor Data Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2960: Sec Sys Sensor Data Incorrect but Valid
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3033: Security System Indicates Tamper
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1626: Theft Deterrent Fuel Enable Signal Not Received
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1630: Theft Deterrent Learn Mode Active
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1631: Theft Deterrent Start Enable Signal Not Correct
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1632: Theft Deterrent Start Disable Signal Received
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Does Not Disarm with Key Lock
        • Horn Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Lights Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Security Indicator Always On or Flashing
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Notes
          • Conditions
          • Learn Procedures
          • 10 Minute Learn Procedure
          • 30 Minute Learn Procedure
      • Theft Systems Description and Operation
        • Theft System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • SECURITY Indicator
          • Theft Lock Radio (if applicable)
          • CTD/VTD Description and Operation
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Important
          • Arming the CTD System
          • Locking The Vehicle Without Arming The CTD System
          • Disarming an Armed System/Silencing an Alarm
          • CTD Circuit Description
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Door Ajar Switches
          • Power Door Lock Switches
          • Inputs
          • Outputs
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Description and Operation
          • Passlock™ System
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case, Including the Passlock™ Sensor
          • Ignition Switch
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Powertrain Control Module
          • Theft System Indicator
          • Fuel Lockout Cycle
          • Changing the Passlock™ Components
    • Theft Deterrent System & Anti-Theft System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Component Views
        • Theft Deterrent System Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Diagnostic System Check - Theft Deterrent
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2734
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3055
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Condition for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3060
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3935
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1630
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
        • Inclination Sensor Inoperative
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Theft Deterrent Inclination Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Replacing Keys
        • Adding Keys
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Notes
          • Procedure to setup a New Theft Deterrent Control Module
          • 10 Minute Re-Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Security Indicator
          • Radio with Theftlock
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Theft Deterrent Control Module
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • The Ignition Key (Transponder)
            • Notes
            • Master Keys
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • SECURITY Indicator Operation
            • Notes
            • SECURITY Indicator Illuminates when Engine is Running
            • SECURITY Indicator Illuminated and Engine Does Not Start
            • SECURITY Indicator Flashes and Engine Does Not Start
  • Exterior Body Panels
    • Body Front End
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Hood Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Adjustment
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Hood Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Support Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Release Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Housing Panel Replacement (TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Housing Panel Replacement (Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XUV, Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fender Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brace Replacement - Radiator Support Diagonal
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Inlet Grille Panel Replacement (Envoy, TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Inlet Grille Panel Replacement (Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seal Replacement - Hood Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheelhouse Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Body Panels - Air/Wind Noise Symptoms
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Air/Wind Noise
        • Tracing Powder or Chalk Test
        • Air Pressure Test
        • Soap Suds or Bubble Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Exterior Windnoise
        • Interior Windnoise
      • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Body Rear End
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Body Rear End Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Body Rear End Component Views
        • Cargo Area Water Management System Identification
        • Body Rear End Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Body Rear End
        • Diagnostic System Check - Body Rear End
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1539 and B1540
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3745
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3964 and B3965
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3966
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3967
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Body Rear End
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List :
        • Midgate Power Window Inoperative
        • Endgate Power Window Inoperative
        • Endgate Latch Release Inoperative
        • Midgate Latch Release Inoperative
        • Rear Quarter Window(s) Inoperative
        • Midgate Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Rear Hatch/Gate Ajar Indicator Malfunction
      • Repair Instructions
        • Opening the Endgate When There Is an Electrical Failure
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Opening the Midgate When There Is an Electrical Failure
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Quarter Window Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Opening the Liftgate When There Is an Electrical Failure
        • Latch Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Endgate (Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Liftgate (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Liftgate (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cargo Mat Replacement (Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheelhouse Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Applique Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Plate Pocket Replacement (Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Plate Pocket Replacement (All Except Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Endgate Adjustment
        • Endgate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reinforcement Inner Panel Replacement - Endgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Midgate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Midgate Panel Replacement - Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Midgate Panel Replacement - Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Endgate Lower - Endgate Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Endgate Lower - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Midgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Reinforcement Replacement - Midgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Midgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Rod Replacement - Endgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut Replacement - Liftgate Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Endgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Endgate Right Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Endgate Left Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Endgate Left Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Support Cable Replacement - Endgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Replacement - Endgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Replacement - Midgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Filler Panel Replacement - Midgate Sliding
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle/Striker Replacement - Liftgate Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Liftgate Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Midgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Midgate Latch
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Control Module Programming
        • Liftgate Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Rear Body Control Replacement - Endgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bumper Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wedge Replacement - Endgate - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wedge Replacement - Endgate - Endgate Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wedge Replacement - Midgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Endgate Upper Lock - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Endgate Upper Lock - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Endgate Lower Lock
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Adjustment - Liftgate Window
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Switch Assembly Replacement - Endgate Window, Midgate Window and Rear Moveable Roof - Overhead Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Window Position Replacement - Midgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Endgate Window Interior Emergency
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Endgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Endgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Adjustment - Endgate Cross Car
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Adjustment - Endgate Fore/Aft
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Learn Cycle - Endgate
          • Window Learn Cycle Conditions
          • Window Learn Cycle Manual Learn Procedure
          • Window Learn Cycle Scan Tool Learn Procedure
        • Window Adjustment - Endgate Up/Down
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Adjustment - Midgate
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Midgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Midgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Bracket Replacement - Midgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Midgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Actuator Replacement - Rear Quarter Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Endgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Liftgate
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Midgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Prop Rod Replacement - Endgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pressure Relief Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Side Reveal Molding Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Endgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channels Replacement - Endgate Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Liftgate Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Endgate Window - Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Midgate Window Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Midgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Endgate Description and Operation
          • Endgate Components
          • Endgate Control
          • Endgate Operation
          • CLOSE THE TAILGATE Message
          • TAILGATE AJAR Message
          • TAILGATE OPEN Message
        • Endgate Power Window Description and Operation
          • Endgate Power Window System Components
          • Endgate Power Window System Controls
          • Endgate Power Window Operation
          • TAILGATE GLASS DOWN Message
          • SEE MANUAL - TAILGATE Message
        • Midgate Description and Operation
          • Midgate Components
          • Midgate Latch Control
          • Midgate Window Control
          • Midgate Latch Operation
          • Midgate Window Operation
        • Rear Hatch/Gate Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • GATE AJAR Indicator
          • REAR ACCESS OPEN Message
        • Rear Quarter Window Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Rear Quarter Window System Controls
          • Rear Quarter Window System Operation
        • Water Management Description and Operation
          • Cargo Area Water Flow Direction and Cleaning of the Drains
          • Cargo Area Floor Drain Cleaning
          • Midgate Drain Cleaning
          • Wheelhouse Drain Cleaning
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Bumper System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Air Deflector Replacement - Front Bumper Fascia
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Dam Replacement - Front (Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Dam Replacement - Front (Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Dam Replacement - Front (Envoy, Envoy XUV, TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Replacement - Front Bumper (Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Replacement - Front Bumper (Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Replacement - Front Bumper (Envoy, Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Replacement - Front Bumper (TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Impact Bar Replacement - Front Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Replacement - Rear Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Impact Bar Replacement - Rear Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Step Pad Replacement - Rear Bumper (Envoy, Envoy XUV, Rainier, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Step Pad Replacement - Rear Bumper (TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Step Pad Replacement - Rear Bumper (Outer - Chevrolet)
          • Installation Procedure
    • Squeaks & Rattles
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Squeaks and Rattles
      • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Water Leaks
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Waterleak Test Preparation
        • Dust Leaks
        • Water Hose Test
        • Air Hose Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Waterleak Repair
        • Stationary Window Waterleak Repair
  • Exterior/Interior Trim
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1017 or B3970: (Passenger Door Module (PDM)) Output Driver Module (ODM) 1 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1017 or B3970: (Driver Door Module (DDM)): Output Driver Module (ODM) 1 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1023: Integral Switch Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1550: Mirror Left Front or Right Front Select Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1720: Mirror Up and Down Control Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1721: Mirror Left and Right Control Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B1723: Mirror Motor Control Circuit 1 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1724: Mirror Motor Control Circuit 2 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3808: Rear Door Lock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3809: Rear Door Unlock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3819: Left Rear Power Window Up Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3820: Left Rear Power Window Down Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3821: Window Lockout Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3822: Right Rear Power Window Up Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3823: Right Rear Power Window Down Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3824: Window Lockout Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Front Door)
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Rear Door)
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Front Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Rear Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Endgate/Liftgate
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Functions Inoperative
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door (Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Driver
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Passenger
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Lens Replacement - Turn Signal
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Express Down Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar And Passenger Door Ajar
          • Left Rear Door Ajar And Right Rear Door Ajar
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Power Mirrors)
          • Power Mirror System
            • Power Mirror System Components
            • Power Mirror System Controls
            • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Memory Mirror System
            • Memory Mirror System Controls
            • Memory Mirror System Operation
          • Mirror Tilt in Reverse System
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Controls
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Operation
          • Folding Mirror System
            • Folding Mirror System Controls
            • Folding Mirror System Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Heated Mirrors)
          • Heated OSRV Mirror
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Emblem Replacement - Grille (Envoy, Envoy XUV, TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem Replacement - Grille (Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement (Envoy, Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement (TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement (Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement (Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Hood Front (Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Hood Front (Envoy, Envoy XUV, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Wheel Opening
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Wheel Opening
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Door Body Side (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Envoy XUV)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Door Body Side (Bravada, Rainier)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Door Body Side (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Envoy XUV)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Door Body Side (Bravada, Rainier)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Window Reveal Replacement - Endgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Liftgate Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Opening Door Flare Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rocker Molding Scuff Plate Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rocker Molding Scuff Plate Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel Rear
          • Removal Procedures
          • Installation Procedure
        • Applique Replacement - Roof Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Applique Replacement - Roof Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Schematic Icons
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0540: Speedometer Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B0560: Tachometer Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1372: Device Ignition 1 (ON and START) Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2961: Key In Ignition Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0461: Fuel Level Sensor Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0462: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0522: Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0523: Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0608: Vehicle Speed Output Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0654: Engine Speed Output Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
            • Notes
            • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
            • Engine Oil Pressure Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
            • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
              • Diagnostic Aids
              • Test Description
            • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
            • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
            • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
            • Volt Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
            • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
            • Low Fuel Indicator Inoperative
            • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
            • Chime Always On
            • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Lower (GMC/Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Knee Bolster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knee Bolster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory (GMC)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory (Oldsmobile/Buick)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster (Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster (GMC/Oldsmobile/Buick)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Storage Bin Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Shift Lever Bezel Replacement (Oldsmobile, Buick)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Console Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Engine Oil Pressure Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Odometer
          • PRND321 Display
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
          • Voltmeter
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Change Engine Oil
          • Check Gages
          • Check Oil Level
          • Fuel Level Low
          • Ice Possible
          • Oil Pressure Low Stop Engine
          • OVERSPEED
          • Program Cluster
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • DIC Displays
          • Vehicle Information
          • DIC Trip Information / Reset Capabilities
          • Trip Reset Stem
          • Odometer
          • Trip Odometers
          • Timer
          • Fuel Information
            • DIC Fuel Information / Reset Capabilities
            • Range
            • Average Fuel Economy
            • Instantaneous Fuel Economy
          • Engine Oil Life
          • Feature Programming
            • Notes
            • Driver Warnings
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Door Ajar Warning
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key-In-Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Additional Warnings
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Interior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL, Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Carpet Drying
        • Carpet Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Rear (Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Cover Replacement - Rear Floor Trim Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Rear Floor - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement (Envoy XUV)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coat Hook Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Overhead (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Overhead (Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Console Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Windshield Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Center Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Body Side Window - Front (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Body Side Window - Rear (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Cover Replacement - Body Lock Pillar Upper Tie Bar - Cargo (Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Cover Replacement - Body Lock Pillar Upper Tie Bar - Passenger (Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Body Lock Pillar Upper (Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Body Lock Pillar Lower (Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter Upper (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cover Replacement - Rear Seat Floor Trim Panel Stud (Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter - Left (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter - Left (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter - Right (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter - Right (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Body Side (Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cover Replacement - Jack Stowage (Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Jack and Tool Stowage Container Bracket Replacement (Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
  • Frames, Subframes & Crossmembers
    • Frame & Underbody
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Dimensions - Frame (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Three-Dimensional Measurements
          • Point to Point Measurements
        • Dimensions - Frame (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Three-Dimensional Measurements
          • Point to Point Measurements
      • Repair Instructions
        • Frame Sectioning - Front Full Frame
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Support Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crossmember Replacement - Front Steering Gear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crossmember Replacement - Rear Steering Gear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frame Brace Replacement (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frame Brace Replacement (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frame Cushion or Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tow Hook Replacement - Front (Chevrolet (X88) ONLY)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Step Support Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Step Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Shield Replacement (TrailBlazer, Envoy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Shield Replacement (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Support Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Protection Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Column/Ignition Lock Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View
        • Steering Wheel and Column Component Views
        • Steering Wheel and Column Connector
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
        • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
        • Lock System Does Not Unlock
        • Lock System Does Not Lock
        • Lock System Sticks in Start
        • Key Cannot Be Removed in the Off Lock Position
        • High Lock Effort
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • High Shift Effort
        • Looseness in Steering Column
      • Repair Instructions
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Upper
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Lower
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction Turn Signal Switch Housing Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Spring Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Lever Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Horn Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Theft Deterrent Lock Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Spring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Upper Bearing Thrust Washer
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Jacket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Wire Harness Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security-Some Vehicle Models
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Mirrors
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1017 or B3970: (Passenger Door Module (PDM)) Output Driver Module (ODM) 1 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1017 or B3970: (Driver Door Module (DDM)): Output Driver Module (ODM) 1 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1023: Integral Switch Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1550: Mirror Left Front or Right Front Select Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1720: Mirror Up and Down Control Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1721: Mirror Left and Right Control Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B1723: Mirror Motor Control Circuit 1 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1724: Mirror Motor Control Circuit 2 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3808: Rear Door Lock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3809: Rear Door Unlock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3819: Left Rear Power Window Up Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3820: Left Rear Power Window Down Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3821: Window Lockout Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3822: Right Rear Power Window Up Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3823: Right Rear Power Window Down Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3824: Window Lockout Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Front Door)
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Rear Door)
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Front Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Rear Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Endgate/Liftgate
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Functions Inoperative
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door (Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Driver
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Passenger
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Lens Replacement - Turn Signal
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Express Down Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar And Passenger Door Ajar
          • Left Rear Door Ajar And Right Rear Door Ajar
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Power Mirrors)
          • Power Mirror System
            • Power Mirror System Components
            • Power Mirror System Controls
            • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Memory Mirror System
            • Memory Mirror System Controls
            • Memory Mirror System Operation
          • Mirror Tilt in Reverse System
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Controls
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Operation
          • Folding Mirror System
            • Folding Mirror System Controls
            • Folding Mirror System Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Heated Mirrors)
          • Heated OSRV Mirror
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • HVAC Control Module
          • Liftgate Module (LGM)/Endgate Module (EGM)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0283: Electric Rear Defrost Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Temperature Display Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Temperature Displays SC or OC
        • Mirrors - Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Side Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (TrailBlazer, Envoy, XL)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (XUV)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinged Body Side Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows (W/Frame)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows (W/O Frame)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Encapsulated Stationary Windows
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Compass
          • Temperature Display
          • Temperature Display Update Process
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature and Compass without OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display without OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature with Compass and OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display with OnStar®
        • Compass Calibration and Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation (With LGM)
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation (With EGM)
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Seats
    • Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Driver Seat Schematics
        • Passenger Seat Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Systems Component Views
        • Power Seat Systems Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Diagnostic System Check - Power Seat Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Driver Seat Module (DSM)
          • Driver Door Module (DDM)
          • Passenger Door Module (PDM)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1735, B1740, B1745, B1750, B1755, B1760, B1815, or B1820: Power Seat Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1770, B1775, B1780, B1785, B1790, B1805, or B2415: Seat Motor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1825, B1850, B1860, B2355, B2365, or B2375: Seat Position Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1830, B1835, B1840 or B1845: Seat Lumbar Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2425 or B2430: Seat Heater Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2435 or B2440: Seat Back Heater Sensor
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Seats
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Seat Inoperative (with Memory)
        • Power Seat Inoperative (w/o Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Move Forward/Rearward
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Forward (with Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Rearward (with Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Recline (with Memory)
        • Memory Seat Feature Inoperative
        • Lumbar Support Inoperative
        • Heated Seat Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Replacement - Front Bucket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Outer Trim Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Panel Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Support Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Support Knob Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Mechanism Replacement - Manual
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Switch Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Switch Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Mechanism Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Calibration Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Guide Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Cover Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL, Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Trim Panel Replacement - Rear No.1 (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL, Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Bracket Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Bracket Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL, Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Latch Release Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mid-Position Floor Latch Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL, Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Pull Strap Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL, Envoy XUV)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL, Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL, Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Release Latch Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Release Latch Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL, Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL, Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Hinge Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Hinge Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL, Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Hinge Cover Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Latch Bracket - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement - Rear Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Guide Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Retractor Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rest Replacement - Rear Seat and Midgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Panel Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pull Handle Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Guide Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Extension Panel Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Hinge Filler Cover Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inner Riser Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outer Riser Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Cross Bar Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Latch Rod Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Riser Latch Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation
          • Power Seat System Components
          • Power Seat System Operation
        • Lumbar Support Description and Operation
          • Lumbar Support System Components
          • A51 Lumbar Support System Operation
          • AR9 Lumbar Support System Operation
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation
          • Heated Seats System Components
          • Heated Seats System Operation
        • Memory Seats Description and Operation
          • Memory Seat System Components
          • Memory Seat System Description
          • Memory Set/Recall Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Sun Roof/T-Top/Convertible Top
    • Sunroof System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Sunroof Schematics
        • Retractable Roof Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Roof Systems Component Views
        • Power Roof Systems Connectors
        • Moveable Roof Disassemble View
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Roof
          • Notes
          • Symptoms
        • Diagnostic System Check - Power Roof
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Power Sunroof
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1325 and B1335
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3611, B3612, B3613, B3614, B3615 and B3616
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3972
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3973
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Roof
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Roof Inoperative
        • Power Sunroof Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Sunroof Does Not Close
        • Power Sunroof Window is Skewed
        • Power Sunroof When Operated from Vent to Close One Side Will Drop Before the Other
        • Power Sunroof When Closing from the Vent Position the Window Will Reverse Direction
        • Power Sunroof Will Stop at the Wrong Location
        • Power Sunroof Will Over Travel the Open Position and Stall the Motor
        • Power Sunroof Will Over Travel the Close Position and Stall the Motor
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Roof Relearn
        • Sunroof Track Timing/Synchronization
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Drain Hose Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Drain Hose Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Sunshade Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Weatherstrip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Replacement (Old Style PEZ)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Replacement (New Style MD4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Initilization/Teach Process (New Motor)
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Initilization/Teach Process (Existing Motor)
        • Sunroof Module Assembly Replacement (Old Style PEZ)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Module Assembly Replacement (New Style MD4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Moveable Roof Panel Frame Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Moveable Roof Panel Spring Wedge Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Moveable Roof Panel Locator Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Moveable Roof Panel Guide Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Moveable Roof Panel Guide Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Moveable Roof Panel Latch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Moveable Roof Panel Latch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Moveable Roof Panel Latch Spring Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Moveable Roof Panel Lock Pin Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Moveable Roof Panel Air Deflector Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Moveable Roof Panel Motor/Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Moveable Roof Panel Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Moveable Roof Panel Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Moveable Roof Panel Actuator Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Moveable Roof Panel Seal Replacement - Rear Header
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Moveable Roof Panel Seal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Moveable Roof Trim Panel Seal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Moveable Roof Panel Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Moveable Roof Panel Bushing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Moveable Roof Tie Down Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Luggage Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Luggage Carrier Slats Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Luggage Carrier Rivnut Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Water Management Description and Operation
          • Moveable Roof Water Flow Direction and Cleaning of Debris
          • Moveable Roof Channel Cleaning
        • Sunroof Description and Operation
          • Power Sunroof System Components
          • Power Sunroof Operation
          • Express Open
          • To Close
          • To Vent Open
          • Sunroof Motor
        • Power Roof Description and Operation
          • Power Roof Components
          • Power Roof Control
          • Power Roof Operation
          • CLEAR ROOF OBSTRUCTION Message
          • CLOSE THE ROOF Message
          • CLOSE OR OPEN THE ROOF Message
          • OPEN THE ROOF Message
          • PARK TO OPERATE ROOF Message
          • ROOF IS CLOSED Message
          • ROOF IS CLOSING Message
          • ROOF IS OPENED Message
          • ROOF IS OPENING Message
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Windows
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1017 or B3970: (Passenger Door Module (PDM)) Output Driver Module (ODM) 1 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1017 or B3970: (Driver Door Module (DDM)): Output Driver Module (ODM) 1 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1023: Integral Switch Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1550: Mirror Left Front or Right Front Select Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1720: Mirror Up and Down Control Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1721: Mirror Left and Right Control Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B1723: Mirror Motor Control Circuit 1 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1724: Mirror Motor Control Circuit 2 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3808: Rear Door Lock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3809: Rear Door Unlock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3819: Left Rear Power Window Up Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3820: Left Rear Power Window Down Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3821: Window Lockout Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3822: Right Rear Power Window Up Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3823: Right Rear Power Window Down Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3824: Window Lockout Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Front Door)
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Rear Door)
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Front Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Rear Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Endgate/Liftgate
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Functions Inoperative
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door (Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Driver
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Passenger
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Lens Replacement - Turn Signal
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Express Down Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar And Passenger Door Ajar
          • Left Rear Door Ajar And Right Rear Door Ajar
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Power Mirrors)
          • Power Mirror System
            • Power Mirror System Components
            • Power Mirror System Controls
            • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Memory Mirror System
            • Memory Mirror System Controls
            • Memory Mirror System Operation
          • Mirror Tilt in Reverse System
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Controls
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Operation
          • Folding Mirror System
            • Folding Mirror System Controls
            • Folding Mirror System Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Heated Mirrors)
          • Heated OSRV Mirror
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • HVAC Control Module
          • Liftgate Module (LGM)/Endgate Module (EGM)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0283: Electric Rear Defrost Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Temperature Display Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Temperature Displays SC or OC
        • Mirrors - Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Side Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (TrailBlazer, Envoy, XL)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (XUV)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinged Body Side Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows (W/Frame)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows (W/O Frame)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Encapsulated Stationary Windows
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Compass
          • Temperature Display
          • Temperature Display Update Process
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature and Compass without OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display without OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature with Compass and OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display with OnStar®
        • Compass Calibration and Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation (With LGM)
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation (With EGM)
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Brakes
  • Anti-Lock Brakes
    • Antilock Brake System And Traction Control System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • ABS Schematic Icons
        • ABS Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • ABS Component Views
        • ABS Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Antilock Brake System
        • Diagnostic System Check - ABS
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls (W/NW7)
        • Scan Tool Output Controls (W/O NW7)
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC C0035 or C0040: Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0055: Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0110: Pump Motor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0161: Brake Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0201: Antilock Brake System (ABS) Enable Relay Contact Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0221, C0222, C0223, C0224, C0225, C0226, C0227: Front Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C0221 and C0225
            • C0222, C0223, C0226 and C0227
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0221 and C0225
            • C0222 and C0226
            • C0223 and C0227
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • C0221, C0225
            • C0222, C0223, C0226, and C0227
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0228: Antilock Brake System (ABS) Channel in Release Too Long
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0229: Drop Out of Front Wheel Speed Signals
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0235, C0236, C0237 or P0609: Vehicle Speed Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C0235
            • C0236 and C0237
            • P0609
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0235
            • C0236
            • C0237
            • P0609
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0238: Wheel Speed Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0241, C0242, C0243, C0244, C0245, C0246, C0247, C0248, C0249, C0250, C0251, C0252, C0253, C0254 (W/NW7): EBCM Control Valve Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • C0241, C0242, C0245, C0246, C0251, C0252, C0253, C0254
            • C0243, C0244, C0247, C0248
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0241, C0242, C0243, C0244, C0245, C0246, C0247, C0248, C0249, C0250, C0251, C0252, C0253, C0254 (W/O NW7): EBCM Control Valve Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0265 or C0266: EBCM Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • C0265
            • C0266
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • C0265
            • C0266
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0267 or C0268: Pump Motor Circuit Open/Shorted
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0269 or C0274: Excessive Dump/Isolation Time
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0269
            • C0274
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0271, C0272, C0273, C0284: EBCM Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0279: Powertrain Configuration Not Valid
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0281: Brake Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0283: Traction Switch Shorted to Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0287, P1644, or P1689: Delivered Torque Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0287
            • P1689
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0290 or C0292: Lost Communications With PCM
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC C0291: Lost Communications With BCM
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC C0297: Powertrain Configuration Data Not Received
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC C0298 or P0856: Requested Torque Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
            • C0298
            • P0856
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C0298
            • P0856
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0298
            • P0856
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • C0298
            • P0856
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
            • C0298
            • P0856
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • C0298
            • P0856
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0550: ECU Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Antilock Brake System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • ABS Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • ABS Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • ABS Automated Bleed Procedure
          • Two - Person Procedure
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Traction Control Switch Replacement (GMC, Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Traction Control Switch Replacement (Oldsmobile, Buick)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • ABS Description and Operation (W/O NW7)
          • Notes
          • Antilock Brake System (ABS) Operation
            • Notes
            • Pressure Hold
            • Pressure Decrease
            • Pressure Increase
          • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP) Operation
          • Power-up Self-Test
          • ECE 13 Response
          • Driver Information Indicators and Messages
            • Notes
            • Brake Warning Indicator
            • ABS Indicator
        • ABS Description and Operation (W/NW7)
          • Notes
          • Initialization Sequence
          • Antilock Brake System
          • Pressure Hold
          • Pressure Decrease
          • Pressure Increase
          • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
          • Traction Control System (TCS)
          • Brake Warning Indicator
          • ABS Indicator
          • Traction Control Indicators (w/NW7)
            • Traction Active
            • Traction Off
          • Programming the Traction Control Automatic Engagement Feature
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Mechanical - Hydraulic
    • Disc Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Disc Brake Component Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Disc Brakes
        • Brake Rotor Thickness Measurement
        • Brake Rotor Surface and Wear Inspection
          • Tools Required
        • Brake Pad Inspection
        • Brake Caliper Inspection
        • Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection - Front
        • Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection - Rear
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pads Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pads Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Burnishing Pads and Rotors
        • Brake Caliper Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Overhaul - Front
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Overhaul - Rear
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Disc Brake Hardware Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Disc Brake Hardware Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
            • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Disc Brake Splash Shield Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Disc Brake Backing Plate Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Refinishing
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Hydraulic Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Brake Component Specifications
        • Brake System Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Brake Warning System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Hydraulic Brakes Component Views
        • Hydraulic Brakes Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Hydraulic Brakes
        • Symptoms - Hydraulic Brakes
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Brake Warning Indicator Always On
        • Brake Warning Indicator Inoperative
        • Brake Pulsation
          • Test Description
        • Brake System Noise
        • Braking Action Uneven - Pulls to One Side
          • Test Description
        • Braking Action Uneven - Front to Rear
          • Test Description
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Travel
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Effort
        • Brakes Drag
        • Brake System Slow Release
        • Brake Fluid Loss
        • Disc Brake System Diagnosis
          • Test Description
        • Hydraulic Brake System Diagnosis
        • Brake Assist System Diagnosis
        • Brake System Vehicle Road Test
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Road Testing Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Travel Measurement and Inspection
        • Brake System Vacuum Source Test
        • Brake System External Leak Inspection
        • Brake System Internal Leak Test
        • Hydraulic Brake Component Operation Visual Inspection
        • Brake Pipe and Hose Inspection
        • Brake Pedal Pushrod Inspection
      • Repair Instructions
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Filling
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Overhaul
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Bench Bleeding
        • Master Cylinder Fluid Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pipe Replacement
          • Tools Required
        • Brake Hose Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Hose Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding (Manual)
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding (Pressure)
        • Hydraulic Brake System Flushing
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Check Valve and/or Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Brake Warning System Description and Operation
          • Brake Warning Indicator
        • Hydraulic Brake System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
        • Brake Assist System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Parking Brake System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Park Brake
      • Symptoms - Park Brake
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptom List
      • Park Brake Will Not Hold or Release
      • Park Brake System Diagnosis
      • Park Brake Shoe Inspection
    • Repair Instructions
      • Park Brake Shoe Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Lever Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Warning Lamp Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Disabling the Park Brake Cable Automatic Adjuster
      • Enabling the Park Brake Cable Automatic Adjuster
      • Park Brake Actuator Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Adjustment
    • Description and Operation
      • Park Brake System Description and Operation
        • System Component Description
        • System Operation
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Antilock Brake System And Traction Control System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • ABS Schematic Icons
      • ABS Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • ABS Component Views
      • ABS Connectors
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Antilock Brake System
      • Diagnostic System Check - ABS
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Scan Tool Output Controls (W/NW7)
      • Scan Tool Output Controls (W/O NW7)
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
      • DTC C0035 or C0040: Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0055: Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0110: Pump Motor Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0161: Brake Switch Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0201: Antilock Brake System (ABS) Enable Relay Contact Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0221, C0222, C0223, C0224, C0225, C0226, C0227: Front Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • C0221 and C0225
          • C0222, C0223, C0226 and C0227
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0221 and C0225
          • C0222 and C0226
          • C0223 and C0227
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • C0221, C0225
          • C0222, C0223, C0226, and C0227
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0228: Antilock Brake System (ABS) Channel in Release Too Long
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0229: Drop Out of Front Wheel Speed Signals
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0235, C0236, C0237 or P0609: Vehicle Speed Signal Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • C0235
          • C0236 and C0237
          • P0609
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0235
          • C0236
          • C0237
          • P0609
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0238: Wheel Speed Mismatch
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0241, C0242, C0243, C0244, C0245, C0246, C0247, C0248, C0249, C0250, C0251, C0252, C0253, C0254 (W/NW7): EBCM Control Valve Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • C0241, C0242, C0245, C0246, C0251, C0252, C0253, C0254
          • C0243, C0244, C0247, C0248
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0241, C0242, C0243, C0244, C0245, C0246, C0247, C0248, C0249, C0250, C0251, C0252, C0253, C0254 (W/O NW7): EBCM Control Valve Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0265 or C0266: EBCM Relay Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • C0265
          • C0266
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
          • Notes
          • C0265
          • C0266
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0267 or C0268: Pump Motor Circuit Open/Shorted
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0269 or C0274: Excessive Dump/Isolation Time
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0269
          • C0274
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0271, C0272, C0273, C0284: EBCM Malfunction
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0279: Powertrain Configuration Not Valid
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0281: Brake Switch Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0283: Traction Switch Shorted to Ground
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0287, P1644, or P1689: Delivered Torque Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0287
          • P1689
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0290 or C0292: Lost Communications With PCM
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC C0291: Lost Communications With BCM
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC C0297: Powertrain Configuration Data Not Received
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC C0298 or P0856: Requested Torque Signal Circuit
        • Circuit Description
          • C0298
          • P0856
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • C0298
          • P0856
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0298
          • P0856
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • C0298
          • P0856
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • C0298
          • P0856
        • Diagnostic Aids
          • C0298
          • P0856
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0550: ECU Malfunction
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Symptoms - Antilock Brake System
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • ABS Indicator Always On
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • ABS Indicator Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Traction Off Indicator Always On
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
    • Repair Instructions
      • ABS Automated Bleed Procedure
        • Two - Person Procedure
      • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Traction Control Switch Replacement (GMC, Chevrolet)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Traction Control Switch Replacement (Oldsmobile, Buick)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • ABS Description and Operation (W/O NW7)
        • Notes
        • Antilock Brake System (ABS) Operation
          • Notes
          • Pressure Hold
          • Pressure Decrease
          • Pressure Increase
        • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP) Operation
        • Power-up Self-Test
        • ECE 13 Response
        • Driver Information Indicators and Messages
          • Notes
          • Brake Warning Indicator
          • ABS Indicator
      • ABS Description and Operation (W/NW7)
        • Notes
        • Initialization Sequence
        • Antilock Brake System
        • Pressure Hold
        • Pressure Decrease
        • Pressure Increase
        • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
        • Traction Control System (TCS)
        • Brake Warning Indicator
        • ABS Indicator
        • Traction Control Indicators (w/NW7)
          • Traction Active
          • Traction Off
        • Programming the Traction Control Automatic Engagement Feature
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
• Drivelines & Axles
  • Axle Shafts
    • Wheel Drive Shafts
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Wheel Drive Shafts Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wheel Drive Shafts
        • Symptoms - Wheel Drive Shafts
          • Notes
          • Classifying the Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Click Noise In Turns
        • Clunk When Accelerating from Coast
        • Clunk Noise When Accelerating During Turns
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Inner Joint and Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Outer Joint and Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Wheel Drive Shafts Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Differentials & Drive Axles
    • Drive Axle - Limited-Slip Differential
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Thrust Block Sizes (Locking)
      • Component Locator
        • Locking Differential Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Locking/Limited Slip Rear Axle
        • Symptoms - Locking/Limited Slip Rear Axle
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Locking Differential Diagnosis
        • Locking Rear Axle Does Not Lock
        • Locking Rear Axle Locks in Turns
        • Locking Rear Drive Axle Chatters in Turns
        • Noise in Addition to Normal Clutch Engagement
      • Repair Instructions
        • Locking Differential Disassemble
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
        • Locking Differential Clutch Disc Assembly - Disassemble (8.0 Inch Axle)
        • Locking Differential Clutch Disc Assembly - Disassemble (8.6 Inch Axle)
        • Locking Differential Cam Unit Disassemble
        • Locking Differential Cleaning and Inspection
        • Locking Differential Cam Unit Assemble
        • Locking Differential Clutch Disc Assembly - Assemble (8.0 Inch Axle)
        • Locking Differential Clutch Disc Assembly - Assemble (8.6 Inch Axle)
        • Locking Differential Adjustment
          • Tools Required
          • Adjustment of the Differential
          • Left Side Gear Backlash Adjustment
          • Right Side Gear Backlash Adjustment
          • Thrust Block Clearance Adjustment
        • Locking Differential Assemble
      • Description and Operation
        • Locking Differential Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Limited-Slip Function
            • Notes
            • Locking Function
            • Locking Differential Torque-Limiting Disc
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Front Drive Axle
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Axle Preload and Backlash Specifications
        • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
      • Component Locator
        • Front Drive Axle Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Front Drive Axle
        • Symptoms - Front Drive Axle
          • Notes
          • Noise Diagnosis
          • Classifying the Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Front Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Bearing Noise
          • Front Wheel Bearing Noise
          • Knock at Low Speeds
          • Backlash Clunk
        • Noisy in Drive
        • Noisy When Coasting
        • Intermittent Noise
        • Constant Noise
        • Noisy on Turns
        • Wheel Bearing Wear - Front Drive Axle (Straight)
          • Straight Roller Bearing Diagnosis
          • Wear (Minor)
          • Wear (Major)
          • Brinelling
          • Indentations
          • Single Edge Pitting
          • Double Edge Pitting
          • Misalignment
          • Frettage
          • Smears
        • Wheel Bearing Wear - Front Drive Axle (Tapered)
          • Tapered Roller Bearing Diagnosis
          • Abrasive Roller Wear
          • Abrasive Step Wear
          • Galling
          • Etching
          • Bent Cage
          • Cage Wear
          • Indentations
          • Frettage
          • Smears
          • Stain Discoloration
          • Heat Discoloration
          • Misalignment
          • Cracked Inner Race
          • Fatigue Spalling
          • Brinelling
        • Lubricant Level Check
        • Front Axle Lubricant Leak Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Determining the Cause
            • Notes
            • Oil Seals
            • Sealing Surfaces
            • Differential Carrier Assembly
      • Repair Instructions
        • Lubricant Level Inspection - Front Drive Axle
          • Notes
          • Determining the Cause
            • Notes
            • Oil Seals
              • Notes
              • Sealing Surfaces
            • Differential Carrier Assembly
        • Lubricant Replacement - Front Drive Axle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vent Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Shaft Bearing Assembly Replacement - Front Drive Axle (S4WD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Shaft Bearing Assembly Replacement - Front Drive Axle (A4WD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Shaft Bearing Assembly Oil Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inner Axle Shaft Replacement - Front Drive Axle
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Actuator Replacement - Front Drive Axle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Drive Pinion Flange/Yoke, Seal, and Dust Deflector Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Assembly Replacement (4.2L In-Line Six Cylinder)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Assembly Replacement (4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L V-8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Assembly Oil Seal and/or Bearing Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Shaft Bearing Assembly - Disassemble (A4WD)
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Intermediate Shaft Bearing Assembly - Disassemble (S4WD)
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Intermediate Shaft Bearing Assembly Clutch Fork and Sleeve Inspection
        • Intermediate Shaft Bearing Assembly Case Bearings and Thrust Washers Inspection
        • Differential Carrier Assembly - Disassemble
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Differential Case Assembly Disassemble
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
        • Differential Case Bearings Inspection
        • Differential Case and Gears Inspection
        • Pinion and Ring Gear Inspection
        • Thrust Washers, Shims, and Adjuster Sleeves Inspection
        • Differential Case Assembly Assemble
        • Pinion Bearing Cup Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation
        • Pinion Depth Adjustment
        • Differential Carrier Assembly - Assemble
          • Notes
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Backlash Inspection and Adjustment
          • Notes
          • Measuring Backlash
        • Intermediate Shaft Bearing Assembly - Assemble (S4WD)
          • Notes
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Intermediate Shaft Bearing Assembly - Assemble (A4WD)
          • Notes
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Assembly - Final Assembly
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern Inspection
          • Notes
          • Gear Tooth Nomenclature
          • Adjustments Affecting Tooth Contact
            • Notes
            • Pinion Depth Adjustment
            • Backlash Adjustment
          • Testing Procedure
          • Correct Contact Pattern
            • Condition
            • Correction
            • Service Hints
          • Drive Side Heel - Coast Side Toe Contact Pattern
            • Notes
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • Drive Side Toe - Coast Side Heel Contact Pattern
            • Notes
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • Drive Side Heel - Coast Side Heel Contact Pattern
            • Notes
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • Drive Side Toe - Coast Side Toe Contact Pattern
            • Notes
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • High Flank Contact Pattern
            • Notes
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • Low Flank Contact Pattern
            • Notes
            • Condition
            • Correction
      • Description and Operation
        • Front Drive Axle Description and Operation
          • Selectable Four Wheel Drive (S4WD) Front Axle Description and Operation
          • Automatic Four Wheel Drive (A4WD) Front Axle Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Rear Drive Axle
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Differential Adjustment Shim Specifications
        • Axle Preload and Backlash Specifications
        • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
      • Component Locator
        • Rear Axle Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Rear Drive Axle
        • Symptoms - Rear Drive Axle
          • Notes
          • Rear Axle Noise
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Bearing Noise
          • Rear Wheel Bearing Noise
          • Knock at Low Speeds
          • Backlash Clunk
        • Noisy in Drive
        • Noisy When Coasting
        • Intermittent Noise
        • Constant Noise
        • Noisy on Turns
        • Wheel Bearing Wear - Rear Drive Axle (Straight)
          • Straight Roller Bearing Diagnosis
          • Wear (Minor)
          • Wear (Major)
          • Brinelling
          • Indentations
          • Single Edge Pitting
          • Double Edge Pitting
          • Misalignment
          • Frettage
          • Smears
        • Rear Axle Lubricant Leak Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Determining the Cause
            • Notes
            • Oil Seals
              • Notes
              • Gaskets
            • Rear Axle Housing
      • Repair Instructions
        • Lubricant Level Inspection - Rear Drive Axle
        • Lubricant Replacement - Rear Drive Axle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vent Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Housing Cover and Gasket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Shaft Seal and/or Bearing Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Pinion Flange/Yoke and/or Oil Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Pinion and Ring Gear Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Pinion Bearings Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Side Bearings Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Housing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Overhaul
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Bearings Inspection
        • Differential Inspection
        • Pinion and Ring Gear Inspection
        • Rear Axle Housing Inspection
        • Shims Inspection
        • Pinion Depth Adjustment
        • Differential Side Bearing Preload Adjustment
        • Backlash Adjustment (7.6, 8.6 Inch Axle)
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern Inspection
          • Notes
          • Drive Pinion and Ring Gear Identification
          • Gear Tooth Nomenclature
          • Adjustments Affecting Tooth Contact
            • Notes
            • Backlash Adjustment
              • Notes
              • Pinion Depth Adjustment
          • Testing Procedure
          • Correct Contact Pattern
            • Condition
            • Correction
            • Service Hints
          • Drive Side Heel - Coast Side Toe Contact Pattern
            • Notes
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • Drive Side Toe - Coast Side Heel Contact Pattern
            • Notes
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • Drive Side Heel - Coast Side Heel Contact Pattern
            • Notes
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • Drive Side Toe - Coast Side Toe Contact Pattern
            • Notes
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • High Flank Contact Pattern
            • Notes
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • Low Flank Contact Pattern
            • Notes
            • Condition
            • Correction
      • Description and Operation
        • Rear Drive Axle Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Driveshaft & Universal Joints
    • Propeller Shaft And Universal Joints
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
      • Component Locator
        • Driveline Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Propeller Shaft
        • Symptoms - Propeller Shaft
          • Notes
          • Classifying the Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Leak at Front Slip Yoke
        • Universal Joint Noise
        • Ping, Snap, or Click Noise
        • Knock or Clunk Noise
        • Scraping Noise
        • Squeak Noise
        • Shudder on Acceleration at Low Speed
      • Repair Instructions
        • Propeller Shaft Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Propeller Shaft Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Universal Joint Replacement - Nylon Injected Ring
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Universal Joint Replacement - External Snap Ring
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Propeller Shaft Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Front Propeller Shaft Operation
          • Rear Propeller Shaft Operation
          • Propeller Shaft Phasing Description
          • Universal Joint Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Electrical
  • Body Electrical
    • Accessory Power Socket
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cigar Lighter/Auxiliary Outlets Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Outlet Connectors
      • Repair Instructions
        • Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement - 12 Volt
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement - 12 Volt - Rear Quarter Trim
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • OEM Connector End Views - Connector Index
      • Connector Index
    • OEM Connector End Views (1 Of 5)
      • ABS Connector End Views
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Inverting Driver Module Connector End View (Buick/Oldsmobile w/NW7)
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View
      • Adjustable Pedals Connector End Views
        • Electronic Adjustable Pedals (EAP) Assembly Connector End View
        • Electronic Adjustable Pedals (EAP) Relay Connector End View
        • Electronic Adjustable Pedals (EAP) Switch Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End Views
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 3-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Actuator Connector End View
      • Body Control System Connector End Views
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View
      • Body Rear End Connector End Views
        • Endgate Actuator Connector End View
        • Endgate Drop Handle Switch Connector End View
        • Endgate Key Cylinder Connector End View
        • Endgate Latch Relay Connector End View
        • Endgate Module (EGM) Connector End View
        • Endgate Swing Handle Switch Connector End View
        • Endgate Window Regulator Connector End View
        • Glass Full Down Switch Connector End View
        • Liftgate Module (LGM) Connector End View
        • Liftgate Latch Assembly Connector End View
        • Lift Glass Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Midgate Glass Motor Connector End View
        • Midgate Latch Connector End View
        • Midgate Latch Release Switch Connector End View
        • Overhead Console Switch Assembly Connector End View
        • Quarterglass Actuator Connector End View (Long Wheelbase Except XUV)
        • Quarterglass Switch Connector End View (Long Wheelbase Except XUV)
      • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
        • Cellular Microphone Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View
      • Cooling System Connector End Views
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View
      • Data Link Communications Connector End Views
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP205 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP306 Connector End View
      • Electrical Center Identification Connector End Views
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood, Bottom View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Rear, Bottom View
    • OEM Connector End Views (2 Of 5)
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views (4.2L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Actuator Solenoid Assembly Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil Connector End View
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Connector End View
        • Throttle Body Connector End View
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views (4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil Connector End View
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT)/Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View
        • Throttle Body Connector End View
      • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
        • Generator Connector End View
      • Entertainment Connector End Views
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View
        • Digital Video Disc (DVD) Player Connector End View
        • Noise Compensation Microphone Connector End View
        • Radio Connector End View
        • Speaker Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Connector End View
        • Voice Recorder Connector End View
      • Garage Door Opener Connector End Views
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View
      • Horns Connector End Views
        • Horn System Connector End View
      • HVAC Connector End Views (Automatic)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Assembly Connector End View
        • A/C Low Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary (Long Wheelbase Except XUV)
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor Assembly Connector End View - Inside
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Ambient Light/Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Blower Motor Control Module Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View - Auxiliary (Long Wheelbase Except XUV)
        • Blower Motor Fuse Connector End View - Auxiliary (Long Wheelbase Except XUV)
        • Blower Motor Switch Connector End View - Front Auxiliary (Long Wheelbase Except XUV)
        • Console Mode Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Coolant Bypass Valve Connector End View (Long Wheelbase Except XUV)
        • Defrost Actuator Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary (Long Wheelbase Except XUV)
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
      • HVAC Connector End Views (Manual)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Assembly Connector End View
        • A/C Low Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary (Long Wheel Base except XUV)
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View - Auxiliary (Long Wheel Base except XUV)
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View - Auxiliary (Long Wheel Base except XUV)
        • Blower Motor Fuse Connector End View - Auxiliary (Long Wheel Base except XUV)
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Switch Connector End View - Front Auxiliary (Long Wheel Base except XUV)
        • Console Mode Actuator Connector End View (Long Wheel Base except XUV)
        • Coolant Bypass Valve Connector End View (Long Wheel Base except XUV)
        • Defrost Actuator Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
      • Hydraulic Brakes Connector End Views
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
    • OEM Connector End Views (3 Of 5)
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C100 (4.2L) I/P Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View
        • C101 Chassis Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C102 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly Harness Connector End View - Left
        • C103 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly Harness Connector End View - Right
        • C104 (4.2L) Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness Connector End View
        • C105 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C107 (5.3L) Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C108 (5.3L) Engine Harness to Ignition Coil Harness Connector End View
        • C109 (5.3L) Engine Harness to Ignition Coil Harness Connector End View
        • C115 (5.3L) Engine Harness to Knock Sensor Harness Connector End View
        • C118 Forward Lamp Harness to Cooling Fan Tether Harness Connector End View
        • C175 Engine Harness to Automatic Transmission Harness Connector End View
        • C201 Steering Column Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C203 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C220 (Except XUV) Infotainment Jumper Harness (U42) to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C221 (Except XUV) Infotainment Jumper Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C225 I/P Harness to Electronic Adjustable Pedal Assembly Harness (JF4) Connector End View
        • C302 (W49/Z70 w/NW7) Traction Control Jumper Harness to Console Harness Connector End View
        • C303 (Z70) I/P Harness to Center Console Harness Connector End View
        • C304 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C305 (Except XUV) Overhead Console Harness to Headliner Harness Connector End View
        • C305 (XUV) Headliner Harness to Overhead Console Harness Connector End View
        • C306 Headliner Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C307 Console Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C308 (CF5) Headliner Harness to Sunroof Harness Connector End View
        • C309 (LWB Except XUV) Body Harness to Console Harness Connector End View
        • C310 (4WD) Engine Harness to Chassis Harness Connector End View
        • C311 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C312 Seat Back Harness to Seat Harness Connector End View - Driver
        • C313 Seat Motor Harness to Seat Harness Connector End View - Driver
        • C314 (AR9) Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C315 Seat Back Harness to Seat Harness Connector End View - Passenger
        • C316 Seat Motor Harness to Seat Harness Connector End View - Passenger
        • C320 (XUV) Body Harness to Midgate Harness Connector End View
        • C321 (XUV) Body Harness to Power Roof Harness Connector End View
        • C322 (XUV) Body Harness to Power Roof Harness Connector End View
        • C401 (LWB Except XUV) Body Harness to Rear HVAC Module Connector End View
        • C500 Left Front Door Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C600 Right Front Door Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C700 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C800 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C900 (Except XUV) Body Harness to Liftgate Harness Connector End View
        • C900 (XUV) Body Harness to Endgate Harness Connector End View
        • C901 Connector End View
        • C902 (Y92) Body Harness to Liftgate Harness Connector End View
        • C904 (Except XUV) Rear Defogger Harness to Liftgate Harness Connector End View
        • C905 (Except XUV) Rear Defogger Harness to Liftgate Harness Connector End View
    • OEM Connector End Views (4 Of 5)
      • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View - 4.2L
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View - 5.3L
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Connector End View
      • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Ambient Light/Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View
        • Cargo Lamp Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Clearance Lamp Connector End View
        • Cornering Lamp Connector End View
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View
        • Headlamp Connector End View
        • Headlamp Leveling Actuator Connector End View
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View
        • Park Lamps Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View
        • Reading Lamp Connector End View (Long Wheelbase Except XUV)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Tail Lamp Circuit Board Connector End View
        • Trailer Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher Module Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
      • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Outside RearView Mirror Connector End View - Driver
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View
        • Window Motor Connector End View
        • Window Switch Connector End View
      • Power Outlet Connector End Views
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
      • Power Roof Systems Connector End Views
        • Cargo Release Switch Connector End View
        • Overhead Console Switch Assembly Connector End View
        • Power Roof Module Connector End View
        • Power Roof Motor Connector End View
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
    • OEM Connector End Views (5 Of 5)
      • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View
        • Lumbar Adjuster Switch Connector End View
        • Lumbar Horizontal Motor Connector End View
        • Lumbar Horizontal Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View
        • Seat Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View
      • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End Views (4.2L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View
      • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End Views (4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View
      • Seat Belt Connector End Views
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - LF
      • SIR Connector End Views
        • Electronic Frontal Sensor (EFS) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack SP201 Connector End View
      • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View
      • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator Connector End View
      • Suspension Controls Connector End Views
        • Air Suspension Compressor Assembly C1 Connector End View
        • Air Suspension Compressor Assembly C2 (Air Suspension Inflator Switch) Connector End View
        • Air Suspension Sensor Connector End View
      • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
        • Hood Ajar Switch Connector End View (Export)
        • Passlock Sensor Connector End View
      • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views (Immobilizer)
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Connector End View
        • Inclination Sensor Connector End View
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Connector End View
      • Transfer Case Control Connector End Views (NVG 126-NP4)
        • Propshaft Speed Sensor Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Encoder Motor Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View
      • Transfer Case Control Connector End Views (NVG 226-NP8)
        • Front Axle Actuator Connector End View
        • Propshaft Speed Sensor Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Encoder Motor Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Connector End View
      • Wiper/Washer System Connector End Views
        • Headlamp Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Outside Moisture Sensor Connector End View
        • Rear Window Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Rear Window Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Rear Window Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
    • Retained Accessory Power System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Retained Accessory Power
        • Diagnostic System Check - Retained Accessory Power
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • BCM Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • DDM/FPDM Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • LGM Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • EGM Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1477: Retained Accessory Power Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Retained Accessory Power
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout (Except XUV)
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout (XUV)
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative (Except XUV)
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative (XUV)
      • Description and Operation
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • BCM/Relay Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
    • Wiring Systems - Connector End Views
      • Connectors
        • Power and Grounding Connector
          • Ignition Switch
        • Inline Harness Connector
          • C100 (4.2L) I/P Harness to Engine Harness
          • C101 Chassis Harness to I/P Harness
          • C102 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly Harness - Left
          • C103 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly Harness - Right
          • C104 (4.2L) Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness
          • C105 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness
          • C107 (5.3L) Engine Harness to I/P Harness
          • C108 (5.3L) Engine Harness to Ignition Coil Harness
          • C109 (5.3L) Engine Harness to Ignition Coil Harness
          • C115 (5.3L) Engine Harness to Knock Sensor Harness
          • C118 Forward Lamp Harness to Cooling Fan Tether Harness
          • C175 Engine Harness to Automatic Transmission Harness
          • C201 Steering Column Harness to I/P Harness
          • C203 Body Harness to I/P Harness
          • C220 (Except XUV) Infotainment Jumper Harness (U42) to Body Harness
          • C221 (Except XUV) Infotainment Jumper Harness to I/P Harness
          • C225 I/P Harness to Electronic Adjustable Pedal Assembly Harness (JF4)
          • C302 (W49/Z70 w/NW7) Traction Control Jumper Harness to Console Harness
          • C303 (Z70) I/P Harness to Center Console Harness
          • C304 Body Harness to I/P Harness
          • C305 (Except XUV) Overhead Console Harness to Headliner Harness
          • C305 (XUV) Headliner Harness to Overhead Console Harness
          • C306 Headliner Harness to Body Harness
          • C307 Console Harness to I/P Harness
          • C308 (CF5) Headliner Harness to Sunroof Harness
          • C309 (LWB Except XUV) Body Harness to Console Harness
          • C310 (4WD) Engine Harness to Chassis Harness
          • C311 (A50) Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness
          • C311 (AR9) Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness
          • C312 (Except AR9) Seat Back Harness to Seat Harness - Driver
          • C312 (AR9) Seat Back Harness to Seat Harness - Driver
          • C313 (AR9) Seat Motor Harness to Seat Harness - Driver
          • C313 (A50) Seat Motor Harness to Seat Harness - Driver
          • C314 (AR9) Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness
          • C315 (w/o KA1) Seat Back Harness to Seat Harness - Passenger
          • C315 (KA1) Seat Back Harness to Seat Harness - Passenger
          • C316 Seat Motor Harness to Seat Harness - Passenger
          • C320 (XUV) Body Harness to Midgate Harness
          • C321 (XUV) Body Harness to Power Roof Harness
          • C322 (XUV) Body Harness to Power Roof Harness
          • C401 (LWB Except XUV) Body Harness to Rear HVAC Module
          • C500 Left Front Door Harness to Body Harness
          • C600 Right Front Door Harness to Body Harness
          • C700 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness
          • C800 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness
          • C900 (Except XUV) Body Harness to Liftgate Harness
          • C900 (XUV) Body Harness to Endgate Harness
          • C901 (Except XUV)
          • C901 (XUV)
          • C902 (Y92) Body Harness to Liftgate Harness
          • C904 (Except XUV) Rear Defogger Harness to Liftgate Harness
          • C905 (Except XUV) Rear Defogger Harness to Liftgate Harness
        • Splice Pack Connector
          • Splice Pack SP201
    • Wiring Systems (Component Locator)
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block - Underhood, Label (4.2L - Early Production)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood, Label (4.2L - Late Production)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood (5.3L), Label (Early Production)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood (5.3L), Label (Late Production)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood, Top View (4.2L - Early Production)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood, Top View (4.2L - Late Production)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood, Top View (5.3L - Early Production)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood, Top View (5.3L - Late Production)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood, Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Rear (SWB), Label
        • Fuse Block - Rear (LWB, Except XUV), Label
        • Fuse Block - Rear (XUV), Label
        • Fuse Block - Rear (SWB), Top View
        • Fuse Block - Rear (LWB, Except XUV), Top View
        • Fuse Block - Rear (XUV), Top View
        • Fuse Block - Rear, Bottom View
    • Wiring Systems (Diagnostic Information And Procedures)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Utility/Van Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
            • Notes
            • Round Wire Connectors
            • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
      • Wiring Repairs
        • Notes
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
        • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
        • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
        • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
        • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
        • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
        • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
      • Connector Repairs
        • Notes
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Charging Systems
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Starter Motor Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Starting System and Charging Wiring Schematics
          • Starting System
          • Charging System
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical System Component Views
          • Underhood Compartment
          • Engine Left Front (4.2L)
          • Engine Left Side (4.2L)
          • Engine Top Front (5.3L)
          • Engine Right Side (5.3L)
        • Engine Electrical Connector End View
          • Generator
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Electrical
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1327: System Voltage Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1328: System Voltage High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0562: System Voltage Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0563: System Voltage High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0621: Generator L-Terminal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0622: Generator F-Terminal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1633: Ignition 0 Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1637: Generator L-Terminal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1638: Generator F-Terminal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test (Non-HP2)
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Notes
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test (w/BCM)
          • Notes
          • Battery Electrical Drain
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency (Non HP2)
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure
          • Disconnecting Procedure
          • Connecting Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (4.2L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (5.3L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (4.2L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (5.3L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (4.2L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (5.3L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Bracket Replacement (5.3L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (4.2L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (5.3L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
          • Auxiliary Battery
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Generator
          • Regulator
          • Charging System Indicators
            • Battery
            • Battery Not Charging
        • Starting System Description and Operation
        • Load Shed System Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
    • Wiring Systems (Component Locator)
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block - Underhood, Label (4.2L - Early Production)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood, Label (4.2L - Late Production)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood (5.3L), Label (Early Production)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood (5.3L), Label (Late Production)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood, Top View (4.2L - Early Production)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood, Top View (4.2L - Late Production)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood, Top View (5.3L - Early Production)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood, Top View (5.3L - Late Production)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood, Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Rear (SWB), Label
        • Fuse Block - Rear (LWB, Except XUV), Label
        • Fuse Block - Rear (XUV), Label
        • Fuse Block - Rear (SWB), Top View
        • Fuse Block - Rear (LWB, Except XUV), Top View
        • Fuse Block - Rear (XUV), Top View
        • Fuse Block - Rear, Bottom View
  • Fuses & Circuit Breakers
    • Identification
      • Notes
      • Fusible Link
      • Rear Fuse Block
        • Notes
        • Short Wheelbase
        • Long Wheelbase
      • UNDERHOOD Fuse Block
  • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Fuel Level Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Schematic Icons
      • Instrument Cluster Schematics
      • Audible Warnings Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
      • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connectors
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
      • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
        • Test Description
      • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
        • Test Description
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
      • DTC B0540: Speedometer Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC B0560: Tachometer Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC B1372: Device Ignition 1 (ON and START) Circuit Low
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC B2961: Key In Ignition Circuit Malfunction
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P0461: Fuel Level Sensor Performance
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0462: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0463: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit High Voltage
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0522: Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Circuit Low Voltage
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0523: Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Circuit High Voltage
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0608: Vehicle Speed Output Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0654: Engine Speed Output Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
          • Notes
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Engine Oil Pressure Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
            • Diagnostic Aids
            • Test Description
          • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
          • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Volt Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
          • Low Fuel Indicator Inoperative
          • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
          • Chime Always On
          • Chime Inoperative
    • Repair Instructions
      • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Lower (GMC/Chevrolet)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Panel Replacement - Knee Bolster
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Knee Bolster Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory Left
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory (GMC)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory (Oldsmobile/Buick)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster (Chevrolet)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster (GMC/Oldsmobile/Buick)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Door Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel (I/P) Carrier Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Console Storage Bin Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Console Shift Lever Bezel Replacement (Oldsmobile, Buick)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Console Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Bracket Replacement - Console Floor
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel (I/P) Harness Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
        • Displays Test
        • Indicators and Warning Messages
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gage
        • Fuel Gage
        • Odometer
        • PRND321 Display
        • Speedometer
        • Tachometer
        • Voltmeter
      • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Change Engine Oil
        • Check Gages
        • Check Oil Level
        • Fuel Level Low
        • Ice Possible
        • Oil Pressure Low Stop Engine
        • OVERSPEED
        • Program Cluster
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
        • Driver Information Center (DIC)
        • DIC Displays
        • Vehicle Information
        • DIC Trip Information / Reset Capabilities
        • Trip Reset Stem
        • Odometer
        • Trip Odometers
        • Timer
        • Fuel Information
          • DIC Fuel Information / Reset Capabilities
          • Range
          • Average Fuel Economy
          • Instantaneous Fuel Economy
        • Engine Oil Life
        • Feature Programming
          • Notes
          • Driver Warnings
      • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Door Ajar Warning
        • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
        • Key-In-Ignition Warning
        • Lights On Warning
        • Additional Warnings
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Horns Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horns Component Views
        • Horns Connector
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
        • Diagnostic System Check - Horns
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Horns - Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
  • Motors, Switches, Relays
    • Accessory Power Socket
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cigar Lighter/Auxiliary Outlets Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Outlet Connectors
      • Repair Instructions
        • Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement - 12 Volt
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement - 12 Volt - Rear Quarter Trim
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • OEM Connector End Views - Connector Index
      • Connector Index
    • OEM Connector End Views (1 Of 5)
      • ABS Connector End Views
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Inverting Driver Module Connector End View (Buick/Oldsmobile w/NW7)
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View
      • Adjustable Pedals Connector End Views
        • Electronic Adjustable Pedals (EAP) Assembly Connector End View
        • Electronic Adjustable Pedals (EAP) Relay Connector End View
        • Electronic Adjustable Pedals (EAP) Switch Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End Views
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 3-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Actuator Connector End View
      • Body Control System Connector End Views
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View
      • Body Rear End Connector End Views
        • Endgate Actuator Connector End View
        • Endgate Drop Handle Switch Connector End View
        • Endgate Key Cylinder Connector End View
        • Endgate Latch Relay Connector End View
        • Endgate Module (EGM) Connector End View
        • Endgate Swing Handle Switch Connector End View
        • Endgate Window Regulator Connector End View
        • Glass Full Down Switch Connector End View
        • Liftgate Module (LGM) Connector End View
        • Liftgate Latch Assembly Connector End View
        • Lift Glass Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Midgate Glass Motor Connector End View
        • Midgate Latch Connector End View
        • Midgate Latch Release Switch Connector End View
        • Overhead Console Switch Assembly Connector End View
        • Quarterglass Actuator Connector End View (Long Wheelbase Except XUV)
        • Quarterglass Switch Connector End View (Long Wheelbase Except XUV)
      • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
        • Cellular Microphone Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View
      • Cooling System Connector End Views
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View
      • Data Link Communications Connector End Views
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP205 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP306 Connector End View
      • Electrical Center Identification Connector End Views
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood, Bottom View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Rear, Bottom View
    • OEM Connector End Views (2 Of 5)
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views (4.2L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Actuator Solenoid Assembly Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil Connector End View
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Connector End View
        • Throttle Body Connector End View
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views (4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil Connector End View
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT)/Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View
        • Throttle Body Connector End View
      • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
        • Generator Connector End View
      • Entertainment Connector End Views
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View
        • Digital Video Disc (DVD) Player Connector End View
        • Noise Compensation Microphone Connector End View
        • Radio Connector End View
        • Speaker Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Connector End View
        • Voice Recorder Connector End View
      • Garage Door Opener Connector End Views
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View
      • Horns Connector End Views
        • Horn System Connector End View
      • HVAC Connector End Views (Automatic)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Assembly Connector End View
        • A/C Low Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary (Long Wheelbase Except XUV)
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor Assembly Connector End View - Inside
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Ambient Light/Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Blower Motor Control Module Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View - Auxiliary (Long Wheelbase Except XUV)
        • Blower Motor Fuse Connector End View - Auxiliary (Long Wheelbase Except XUV)
        • Blower Motor Switch Connector End View - Front Auxiliary (Long Wheelbase Except XUV)
        • Console Mode Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Coolant Bypass Valve Connector End View (Long Wheelbase Except XUV)
        • Defrost Actuator Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary (Long Wheelbase Except XUV)
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
      • HVAC Connector End Views (Manual)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Assembly Connector End View
        • A/C Low Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary (Long Wheel Base except XUV)
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View - Auxiliary (Long Wheel Base except XUV)
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View - Auxiliary (Long Wheel Base except XUV)
        • Blower Motor Fuse Connector End View - Auxiliary (Long Wheel Base except XUV)
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Switch Connector End View - Front Auxiliary (Long Wheel Base except XUV)
        • Console Mode Actuator Connector End View (Long Wheel Base except XUV)
        • Coolant Bypass Valve Connector End View (Long Wheel Base except XUV)
        • Defrost Actuator Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
      • Hydraulic Brakes Connector End Views
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
    • OEM Connector End Views (3 Of 5)
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C100 (4.2L) I/P Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View
        • C101 Chassis Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C102 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly Harness Connector End View - Left
        • C103 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly Harness Connector End View - Right
        • C104 (4.2L) Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness Connector End View
        • C105 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C107 (5.3L) Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C108 (5.3L) Engine Harness to Ignition Coil Harness Connector End View
        • C109 (5.3L) Engine Harness to Ignition Coil Harness Connector End View
        • C115 (5.3L) Engine Harness to Knock Sensor Harness Connector End View
        • C118 Forward Lamp Harness to Cooling Fan Tether Harness Connector End View
        • C175 Engine Harness to Automatic Transmission Harness Connector End View
        • C201 Steering Column Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C203 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C220 (Except XUV) Infotainment Jumper Harness (U42) to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C221 (Except XUV) Infotainment Jumper Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C225 I/P Harness to Electronic Adjustable Pedal Assembly Harness (JF4) Connector End View
        • C302 (W49/Z70 w/NW7) Traction Control Jumper Harness to Console Harness Connector End View
        • C303 (Z70) I/P Harness to Center Console Harness Connector End View
        • C304 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C305 (Except XUV) Overhead Console Harness to Headliner Harness Connector End View
        • C305 (XUV) Headliner Harness to Overhead Console Harness Connector End View
        • C306 Headliner Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C307 Console Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C308 (CF5) Headliner Harness to Sunroof Harness Connector End View
        • C309 (LWB Except XUV) Body Harness to Console Harness Connector End View
        • C310 (4WD) Engine Harness to Chassis Harness Connector End View
        • C311 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C312 Seat Back Harness to Seat Harness Connector End View - Driver
        • C313 Seat Motor Harness to Seat Harness Connector End View - Driver
        • C314 (AR9) Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C315 Seat Back Harness to Seat Harness Connector End View - Passenger
        • C316 Seat Motor Harness to Seat Harness Connector End View - Passenger
        • C320 (XUV) Body Harness to Midgate Harness Connector End View
        • C321 (XUV) Body Harness to Power Roof Harness Connector End View
        • C322 (XUV) Body Harness to Power Roof Harness Connector End View
        • C401 (LWB Except XUV) Body Harness to Rear HVAC Module Connector End View
        • C500 Left Front Door Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C600 Right Front Door Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C700 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C800 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C900 (Except XUV) Body Harness to Liftgate Harness Connector End View
        • C900 (XUV) Body Harness to Endgate Harness Connector End View
        • C901 Connector End View
        • C902 (Y92) Body Harness to Liftgate Harness Connector End View
        • C904 (Except XUV) Rear Defogger Harness to Liftgate Harness Connector End View
        • C905 (Except XUV) Rear Defogger Harness to Liftgate Harness Connector End View
    • OEM Connector End Views (4 Of 5)
      • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View - 4.2L
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View - 5.3L
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Connector End View
      • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Ambient Light/Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View
        • Cargo Lamp Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Clearance Lamp Connector End View
        • Cornering Lamp Connector End View
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View
        • Headlamp Connector End View
        • Headlamp Leveling Actuator Connector End View
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View
        • Park Lamps Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View
        • Reading Lamp Connector End View (Long Wheelbase Except XUV)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Tail Lamp Circuit Board Connector End View
        • Trailer Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher Module Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
      • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Outside RearView Mirror Connector End View - Driver
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View
        • Window Motor Connector End View
        • Window Switch Connector End View
      • Power Outlet Connector End Views
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
      • Power Roof Systems Connector End Views
        • Cargo Release Switch Connector End View
        • Overhead Console Switch Assembly Connector End View
        • Power Roof Module Connector End View
        • Power Roof Motor Connector End View
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
    • OEM Connector End Views (5 Of 5)
      • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View
        • Lumbar Adjuster Switch Connector End View
        • Lumbar Horizontal Motor Connector End View
        • Lumbar Horizontal Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View
        • Seat Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View
      • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End Views (4.2L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View
      • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End Views (4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View
      • Seat Belt Connector End Views
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - LF
      • SIR Connector End Views
        • Electronic Frontal Sensor (EFS) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack SP201 Connector End View
      • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View
      • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator Connector End View
      • Suspension Controls Connector End Views
        • Air Suspension Compressor Assembly C1 Connector End View
        • Air Suspension Compressor Assembly C2 (Air Suspension Inflator Switch) Connector End View
        • Air Suspension Sensor Connector End View
      • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
        • Hood Ajar Switch Connector End View (Export)
        • Passlock Sensor Connector End View
      • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views (Immobilizer)
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Connector End View
        • Inclination Sensor Connector End View
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Connector End View
      • Transfer Case Control Connector End Views (NVG 126-NP4)
        • Propshaft Speed Sensor Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Encoder Motor Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View
      • Transfer Case Control Connector End Views (NVG 226-NP8)
        • Front Axle Actuator Connector End View
        • Propshaft Speed Sensor Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Encoder Motor Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Connector End View
      • Wiper/Washer System Connector End Views
        • Headlamp Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Outside Moisture Sensor Connector End View
        • Rear Window Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Rear Window Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Rear Window Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
    • Retained Accessory Power System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Retained Accessory Power
        • Diagnostic System Check - Retained Accessory Power
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • BCM Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • DDM/FPDM Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • LGM Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • EGM Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1477: Retained Accessory Power Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Retained Accessory Power
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout (Except XUV)
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout (XUV)
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative (Except XUV)
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative (XUV)
      • Description and Operation
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • BCM/Relay Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
    • Wiring Systems - Connector End Views
      • Connectors
        • Power and Grounding Connector
          • Ignition Switch
        • Inline Harness Connector
          • C100 (4.2L) I/P Harness to Engine Harness
          • C101 Chassis Harness to I/P Harness
          • C102 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly Harness - Left
          • C103 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly Harness - Right
          • C104 (4.2L) Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness
          • C105 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness
          • C107 (5.3L) Engine Harness to I/P Harness
          • C108 (5.3L) Engine Harness to Ignition Coil Harness
          • C109 (5.3L) Engine Harness to Ignition Coil Harness
          • C115 (5.3L) Engine Harness to Knock Sensor Harness
          • C118 Forward Lamp Harness to Cooling Fan Tether Harness
          • C175 Engine Harness to Automatic Transmission Harness
          • C201 Steering Column Harness to I/P Harness
          • C203 Body Harness to I/P Harness
          • C220 (Except XUV) Infotainment Jumper Harness (U42) to Body Harness
          • C221 (Except XUV) Infotainment Jumper Harness to I/P Harness
          • C225 I/P Harness to Electronic Adjustable Pedal Assembly Harness (JF4)
          • C302 (W49/Z70 w/NW7) Traction Control Jumper Harness to Console Harness
          • C303 (Z70) I/P Harness to Center Console Harness
          • C304 Body Harness to I/P Harness
          • C305 (Except XUV) Overhead Console Harness to Headliner Harness
          • C305 (XUV) Headliner Harness to Overhead Console Harness
          • C306 Headliner Harness to Body Harness
          • C307 Console Harness to I/P Harness
          • C308 (CF5) Headliner Harness to Sunroof Harness
          • C309 (LWB Except XUV) Body Harness to Console Harness
          • C310 (4WD) Engine Harness to Chassis Harness
          • C311 (A50) Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness
          • C311 (AR9) Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness
          • C312 (Except AR9) Seat Back Harness to Seat Harness - Driver
          • C312 (AR9) Seat Back Harness to Seat Harness - Driver
          • C313 (AR9) Seat Motor Harness to Seat Harness - Driver
          • C313 (A50) Seat Motor Harness to Seat Harness - Driver
          • C314 (AR9) Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness
          • C315 (w/o KA1) Seat Back Harness to Seat Harness - Passenger
          • C315 (KA1) Seat Back Harness to Seat Harness - Passenger
          • C316 Seat Motor Harness to Seat Harness - Passenger
          • C320 (XUV) Body Harness to Midgate Harness
          • C321 (XUV) Body Harness to Power Roof Harness
          • C322 (XUV) Body Harness to Power Roof Harness
          • C401 (LWB Except XUV) Body Harness to Rear HVAC Module
          • C500 Left Front Door Harness to Body Harness
          • C600 Right Front Door Harness to Body Harness
          • C700 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness
          • C800 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness
          • C900 (Except XUV) Body Harness to Liftgate Harness
          • C900 (XUV) Body Harness to Endgate Harness
          • C901 (Except XUV)
          • C901 (XUV)
          • C902 (Y92) Body Harness to Liftgate Harness
          • C904 (Except XUV) Rear Defogger Harness to Liftgate Harness
          • C905 (Except XUV) Rear Defogger Harness to Liftgate Harness
        • Splice Pack Connector
          • Splice Pack SP201
    • Wiring Systems (Component Locator)
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block - Underhood, Label (4.2L - Early Production)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood, Label (4.2L - Late Production)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood (5.3L), Label (Early Production)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood (5.3L), Label (Late Production)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood, Top View (4.2L - Early Production)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood, Top View (4.2L - Late Production)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood, Top View (5.3L - Early Production)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood, Top View (5.3L - Late Production)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood, Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Rear (SWB), Label
        • Fuse Block - Rear (LWB, Except XUV), Label
        • Fuse Block - Rear (XUV), Label
        • Fuse Block - Rear (SWB), Top View
        • Fuse Block - Rear (LWB, Except XUV), Top View
        • Fuse Block - Rear (XUV), Top View
        • Fuse Block - Rear, Bottom View
    • Wiring Systems (Diagnostic Information And Procedures)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Utility/Van Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
            • Notes
            • Round Wire Connectors
            • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
      • Wiring Repairs
        • Notes
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
        • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
        • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
        • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
        • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
        • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
        • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
      • Connector Repairs
        • Notes
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Starter
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Starter Motor Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Starting System and Charging Wiring Schematics
          • Starting System
          • Charging System
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical System Component Views
          • Underhood Compartment
          • Engine Left Front (4.2L)
          • Engine Left Side (4.2L)
          • Engine Top Front (5.3L)
          • Engine Right Side (5.3L)
        • Engine Electrical Connector End View
          • Generator
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Electrical
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1327: System Voltage Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1328: System Voltage High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0562: System Voltage Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0563: System Voltage High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0621: Generator L-Terminal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0622: Generator F-Terminal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1633: Ignition 0 Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1637: Generator L-Terminal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1638: Generator F-Terminal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test (Non-HP2)
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Notes
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test (w/BCM)
          • Notes
          • Battery Electrical Drain
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency (Non HP2)
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure
          • Disconnecting Procedure
          • Connecting Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (4.2L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (5.3L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (4.2L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (5.3L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (4.2L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (5.3L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Bracket Replacement (5.3L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (4.2L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (5.3L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
          • Auxiliary Battery
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Generator
          • Regulator
          • Charging System Indicators
            • Battery
            • Battery Not Charging
        • Starting System Description and Operation
        • Load Shed System Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views - Connector Index
      • Connector Index
    • OEM Connector End Views (1 Of 5)
      • ABS Connector End Views
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Inverting Driver Module Connector End View (Buick/Oldsmobile w/NW7)
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View
      • Adjustable Pedals Connector End Views
        • Electronic Adjustable Pedals (EAP) Assembly Connector End View
        • Electronic Adjustable Pedals (EAP) Relay Connector End View
        • Electronic Adjustable Pedals (EAP) Switch Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End Views
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 3-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Actuator Connector End View
      • Body Control System Connector End Views
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View
      • Body Rear End Connector End Views
        • Endgate Actuator Connector End View
        • Endgate Drop Handle Switch Connector End View
        • Endgate Key Cylinder Connector End View
        • Endgate Latch Relay Connector End View
        • Endgate Module (EGM) Connector End View
        • Endgate Swing Handle Switch Connector End View
        • Endgate Window Regulator Connector End View
        • Glass Full Down Switch Connector End View
        • Liftgate Module (LGM) Connector End View
        • Liftgate Latch Assembly Connector End View
        • Lift Glass Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Midgate Glass Motor Connector End View
        • Midgate Latch Connector End View
        • Midgate Latch Release Switch Connector End View
        • Overhead Console Switch Assembly Connector End View
        • Quarterglass Actuator Connector End View (Long Wheelbase Except XUV)
        • Quarterglass Switch Connector End View (Long Wheelbase Except XUV)
      • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
        • Cellular Microphone Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View
      • Cooling System Connector End Views
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View
      • Data Link Communications Connector End Views
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP205 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP306 Connector End View
      • Electrical Center Identification Connector End Views
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood, Bottom View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Rear, Bottom View
    • OEM Connector End Views (2 Of 5)
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views (4.2L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Actuator Solenoid Assembly Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil Connector End View
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Connector End View
        • Throttle Body Connector End View
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views (4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil Connector End View
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT)/Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View
        • Throttle Body Connector End View
      • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
        • Generator Connector End View
      • Entertainment Connector End Views
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View
        • Digital Video Disc (DVD) Player Connector End View
        • Noise Compensation Microphone Connector End View
        • Radio Connector End View
        • Speaker Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Connector End View
        • Voice Recorder Connector End View
      • Garage Door Opener Connector End Views
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View
      • Horns Connector End Views
        • Horn System Connector End View
      • HVAC Connector End Views (Automatic)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Assembly Connector End View
        • A/C Low Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary (Long Wheelbase Except XUV)
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor Assembly Connector End View - Inside
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Ambient Light/Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Blower Motor Control Module Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View - Auxiliary (Long Wheelbase Except XUV)
        • Blower Motor Fuse Connector End View - Auxiliary (Long Wheelbase Except XUV)
        • Blower Motor Switch Connector End View - Front Auxiliary (Long Wheelbase Except XUV)
        • Console Mode Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Coolant Bypass Valve Connector End View (Long Wheelbase Except XUV)
        • Defrost Actuator Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary (Long Wheelbase Except XUV)
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
      • HVAC Connector End Views (Manual)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Assembly Connector End View
        • A/C Low Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary (Long Wheel Base except XUV)
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View - Auxiliary (Long Wheel Base except XUV)
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View - Auxiliary (Long Wheel Base except XUV)
        • Blower Motor Fuse Connector End View - Auxiliary (Long Wheel Base except XUV)
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Switch Connector End View - Front Auxiliary (Long Wheel Base except XUV)
        • Console Mode Actuator Connector End View (Long Wheel Base except XUV)
        • Coolant Bypass Valve Connector End View (Long Wheel Base except XUV)
        • Defrost Actuator Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
      • Hydraulic Brakes Connector End Views
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
    • OEM Connector End Views (3 Of 5)
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C100 (4.2L) I/P Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View
        • C101 Chassis Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C102 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly Harness Connector End View - Left
        • C103 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly Harness Connector End View - Right
        • C104 (4.2L) Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness Connector End View
        • C105 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C107 (5.3L) Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C108 (5.3L) Engine Harness to Ignition Coil Harness Connector End View
        • C109 (5.3L) Engine Harness to Ignition Coil Harness Connector End View
        • C115 (5.3L) Engine Harness to Knock Sensor Harness Connector End View
        • C118 Forward Lamp Harness to Cooling Fan Tether Harness Connector End View
        • C175 Engine Harness to Automatic Transmission Harness Connector End View
        • C201 Steering Column Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C203 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C220 (Except XUV) Infotainment Jumper Harness (U42) to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C221 (Except XUV) Infotainment Jumper Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C225 I/P Harness to Electronic Adjustable Pedal Assembly Harness (JF4) Connector End View
        • C302 (W49/Z70 w/NW7) Traction Control Jumper Harness to Console Harness Connector End View
        • C303 (Z70) I/P Harness to Center Console Harness Connector End View
        • C304 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C305 (Except XUV) Overhead Console Harness to Headliner Harness Connector End View
        • C305 (XUV) Headliner Harness to Overhead Console Harness Connector End View
        • C306 Headliner Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C307 Console Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C308 (CF5) Headliner Harness to Sunroof Harness Connector End View
        • C309 (LWB Except XUV) Body Harness to Console Harness Connector End View
        • C310 (4WD) Engine Harness to Chassis Harness Connector End View
        • C311 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C312 Seat Back Harness to Seat Harness Connector End View - Driver
        • C313 Seat Motor Harness to Seat Harness Connector End View - Driver
        • C314 (AR9) Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C315 Seat Back Harness to Seat Harness Connector End View - Passenger
        • C316 Seat Motor Harness to Seat Harness Connector End View - Passenger
        • C320 (XUV) Body Harness to Midgate Harness Connector End View
        • C321 (XUV) Body Harness to Power Roof Harness Connector End View
        • C322 (XUV) Body Harness to Power Roof Harness Connector End View
        • C401 (LWB Except XUV) Body Harness to Rear HVAC Module Connector End View
        • C500 Left Front Door Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C600 Right Front Door Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C700 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C800 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C900 (Except XUV) Body Harness to Liftgate Harness Connector End View
        • C900 (XUV) Body Harness to Endgate Harness Connector End View
        • C901 Connector End View
        • C902 (Y92) Body Harness to Liftgate Harness Connector End View
        • C904 (Except XUV) Rear Defogger Harness to Liftgate Harness Connector End View
        • C905 (Except XUV) Rear Defogger Harness to Liftgate Harness Connector End View
    • OEM Connector End Views (4 Of 5)
      • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View - 4.2L
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View - 5.3L
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Connector End View
      • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Ambient Light/Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View
        • Cargo Lamp Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Clearance Lamp Connector End View
        • Cornering Lamp Connector End View
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View
        • Headlamp Connector End View
        • Headlamp Leveling Actuator Connector End View
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View
        • Park Lamps Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View
        • Reading Lamp Connector End View (Long Wheelbase Except XUV)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Tail Lamp Circuit Board Connector End View
        • Trailer Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher Module Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
      • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Outside RearView Mirror Connector End View - Driver
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View
        • Window Motor Connector End View
        • Window Switch Connector End View
      • Power Outlet Connector End Views
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
      • Power Roof Systems Connector End Views
        • Cargo Release Switch Connector End View
        • Overhead Console Switch Assembly Connector End View
        • Power Roof Module Connector End View
        • Power Roof Motor Connector End View
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
    • OEM Connector End Views (5 Of 5)
      • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View
        • Lumbar Adjuster Switch Connector End View
        • Lumbar Horizontal Motor Connector End View
        • Lumbar Horizontal Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View
        • Seat Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View
      • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End Views (4.2L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View
      • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End Views (4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View
      • Seat Belt Connector End Views
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - LF
      • SIR Connector End Views
        • Electronic Frontal Sensor (EFS) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack SP201 Connector End View
      • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View
      • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator Connector End View
      • Suspension Controls Connector End Views
        • Air Suspension Compressor Assembly C1 Connector End View
        • Air Suspension Compressor Assembly C2 (Air Suspension Inflator Switch) Connector End View
        • Air Suspension Sensor Connector End View
      • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
        • Hood Ajar Switch Connector End View (Export)
        • Passlock Sensor Connector End View
      • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views (Immobilizer)
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Connector End View
        • Inclination Sensor Connector End View
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Connector End View
      • Transfer Case Control Connector End Views (NVG 126-NP4)
        • Propshaft Speed Sensor Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Encoder Motor Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View
      • Transfer Case Control Connector End Views (NVG 226-NP8)
        • Front Axle Actuator Connector End View
        • Propshaft Speed Sensor Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Encoder Motor Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Connector End View
      • Wiper/Washer System Connector End Views
        • Headlamp Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Outside Moisture Sensor Connector End View
        • Rear Window Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Rear Window Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Rear Window Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
        • 4.2L VIN S
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Suspension
      • Engine Performance
        • 4.2L VIN S
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Memory Systems
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 4.2L VIN S
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems - Connector End Views
      • Connectors
        • Power and Grounding Connector
          • Ignition Switch
        • Inline Harness Connector
          • C100 (4.2L) I/P Harness to Engine Harness
          • C101 Chassis Harness to I/P Harness
          • C102 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly Harness - Left
          • C103 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly Harness - Right
          • C104 (4.2L) Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness
          • C105 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness
          • C107 (5.3L) Engine Harness to I/P Harness
          • C108 (5.3L) Engine Harness to Ignition Coil Harness
          • C109 (5.3L) Engine Harness to Ignition Coil Harness
          • C115 (5.3L) Engine Harness to Knock Sensor Harness
          • C118 Forward Lamp Harness to Cooling Fan Tether Harness
          • C175 Engine Harness to Automatic Transmission Harness
          • C201 Steering Column Harness to I/P Harness
          • C203 Body Harness to I/P Harness
          • C220 (Except XUV) Infotainment Jumper Harness (U42) to Body Harness
          • C221 (Except XUV) Infotainment Jumper Harness to I/P Harness
          • C225 I/P Harness to Electronic Adjustable Pedal Assembly Harness (JF4)
          • C302 (W49/Z70 w/NW7) Traction Control Jumper Harness to Console Harness
          • C303 (Z70) I/P Harness to Center Console Harness
          • C304 Body Harness to I/P Harness
          • C305 (Except XUV) Overhead Console Harness to Headliner Harness
          • C305 (XUV) Headliner Harness to Overhead Console Harness
          • C306 Headliner Harness to Body Harness
          • C307 Console Harness to I/P Harness
          • C308 (CF5) Headliner Harness to Sunroof Harness
          • C309 (LWB Except XUV) Body Harness to Console Harness
          • C310 (4WD) Engine Harness to Chassis Harness
          • C311 (A50) Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness
          • C311 (AR9) Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness
          • C312 (Except AR9) Seat Back Harness to Seat Harness - Driver
          • C312 (AR9) Seat Back Harness to Seat Harness - Driver
          • C313 (AR9) Seat Motor Harness to Seat Harness - Driver
          • C313 (A50) Seat Motor Harness to Seat Harness - Driver
          • C314 (AR9) Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness
          • C315 (w/o KA1) Seat Back Harness to Seat Harness - Passenger
          • C315 (KA1) Seat Back Harness to Seat Harness - Passenger
          • C316 Seat Motor Harness to Seat Harness - Passenger
          • C320 (XUV) Body Harness to Midgate Harness
          • C321 (XUV) Body Harness to Power Roof Harness
          • C322 (XUV) Body Harness to Power Roof Harness
          • C401 (LWB Except XUV) Body Harness to Rear HVAC Module
          • C500 Left Front Door Harness to Body Harness
          • C600 Right Front Door Harness to Body Harness
          • C700 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness
          • C800 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness
          • C900 (Except XUV) Body Harness to Liftgate Harness
          • C900 (XUV) Body Harness to Endgate Harness
          • C901 (Except XUV)
          • C901 (XUV)
          • C902 (Y92) Body Harness to Liftgate Harness
          • C904 (Except XUV) Rear Defogger Harness to Liftgate Harness
          • C905 (Except XUV) Rear Defogger Harness to Liftgate Harness
        • Splice Pack Connector
          • Splice Pack SP201
    • Wiring Systems (Diagnostic Information And Procedures)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Utility/Van Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
            • Notes
            • Round Wire Connectors
            • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
      • Wiring Repairs
        • Notes
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
        • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
        • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
        • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
        • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
        • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
        • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
      • Connector Repairs
        • Notes
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Engine Mechanical
  • Accessory Drive Belts
    • Cooling System Specifications & Drive Belt Routing
      • Model Identification
      • Belt Adjustment
      • Drive Belt Routing
      • Specifications
        • Cooling System Specifications
        • Torque Specifications
  • Cooling System (Mechanical)
    • Cooling System Specifications & Drive Belt Routing
      • Model Identification
      • Belt Adjustment
      • Drive Belt Routing
      • Specifications
        • Cooling System Specifications
        • Torque Specifications
    • Engine Cooling System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Engine Cooling Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cooling System Component Views
        • Cooling System Connector
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Cooling
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Cooling
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC P0480: Cooling Fan Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0483 or P0493: Cooling Fan System
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0495: Cooling Fan Speed High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0526: Cooling Fan Speed Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1258: Engine Coolant Overtemperature - Protection Mode Active
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1481: Cooling Fan Speed Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1482: Cooling Fan Speed Output Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1484: Cooling Fan System Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Engine Cooling
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator Always On
        • Engine Overheating
        • Loss of Coolant
        • Thermostat Diagnosis
        • Coolant Heater Inoperative
        • Engine Fails To Reach Normal Operating Temperature
        • Pressure Cap Testing
          • Notes
          • Pressure Cap Testing
        • Coolant Leak Testing
          • Notes
          • Testing
        • Excessive Fan Noise
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Fan Clutch Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Draining and Filling Cooling System (LL8)
          • Tools Required
          • Draining Procedure
          • Coolant Filling Procedure
        • Draining and Filling Cooling System (LM4)
          • Notes
          • Draining Procedure
          • Coolant Filling Procedure
        • Flushing
        • Radiator Cleaning
        • Coolant Recovery Reservoir Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Inlet (LM4)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Inlet (LL8)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Outlet (LM4)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Outlet (LL8)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Vent Inlet Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fan Clutch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan and Shroud Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan Relay Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement (4.2L Engine)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement (5.3L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Air Bleed Pipe Assembly Replacement (5.3L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Air Bleed Hose Replacement (5.3L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Outlet Housing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (LL8)
          • Tool Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (LM4)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement (LL8)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement (LM4)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement (LL8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement (LM4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Cord Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Cooling System Description and Operation
          • Cooling Fan Control
          • Engine Coolant Indicator
            • Engine Coolant Hot Idle Engine
          • Cooling System
            • Notes
            • Cooling Cycle
            • Coolant
            • Radiator
            • Pressure Cap
            • Coolant Recovery System
            • Air Baffles and Seals
            • Water Pump
            • Thermostat
            • Transmission Oil Cooler
          • Coolant Heater
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Engine Exhaust System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Exhaust
      • Symptoms - Engine Exhaust
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Restricted Exhaust
        • Tools Required
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Exhaust Leakage
      • Exhaust Noise
    • Repair Instructions
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement (4.2L Engine)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Left (5.3L Engine)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Right (5.3L Engine)
        • Notes
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust System Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement (4.2L Engine)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement (5.3L Engine)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Hanger Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Muffler Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Resonator Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Heat Shield Replacement - Right
        • Notes
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Heat Shield Replacement - Left
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Muffler Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Exhaust System Description
        • Notes
        • Resonator
        • Catalytic Converter
        • Muffler
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Maintenance & Engine Lubrication System
    • Specifications
      • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
      • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
      • Tire Inflation Pressure Specifications
      • Maintenance Items
    • Maintenance
      • Using the Maintenance Schedule
      • Scheduled Maintenance
      • Additional Required Services
      • Maintenance Footnotes
        • Footnotes
      • Explanation of Scheduled Services
        • Notes
        • Engine Oil and Filter Change
        • Engine Oil Quality and Viscosity, Other Than The United States and Canada
          • Notes
          • Chassis Lubrication
        • Lubricating Joints that have Grease Fittings
        • Tire and Wheel Inspection and Rotation
        • Accessory Drive Belt Inspection
        • Drive Axle Service
        • Transmission Service
          • Automatic Transmission
        • Spark Plug Replacement
        • Spark Plug Wire Inspection
        • Fuel Filter Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Filter Replacement
      • GM Oil Life System - Resetting
        • Notes
        • With the Driver Information Center (DIC)
        • Resetting Procedure Without Driver Information Center (DIC)
      • Owner Checks and Services
        • Notes
        • At Each Fuel Fill
          • Notes
          • Engine Oil Level
            • Notes
            • Engine Coolant Level
          • Windshield Washer Fluid Level
        • At Least Once a Month
          • Tire Inflation
        • At Least Once a Year
          • Notes
          • Park Brake and Automatic Transmission PARK (P) Mechanism Check
        • Underbody Flushing Service
  • Engine Mechanical - 4.2L (Ll8)
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Engine Mechanical Specifications
      • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
      • Thread Repair Specifications
        • Engine Block - Top View
        • Engine Block - Bottom View
        • Engine Block - Left Side View
        • Engine Block - Right Side View
        • Engine Block - Front View
        • Engine Block - Rear View
        • Cylinder Head - Top View
        • Cylinder Head - End View (Front)
        • Cylinder Head - End View (Rear)
        • Cylinder Head - Intake Manifold Deck View
        • Cylinder Head - Exhaust Manifold Deck View
        • Oil Pan - Top View
        • Oil Pan - Left Side View
        • Oil Pan - Right Side View
        • Oil Pan - Rear View
        • Engine Front Cover
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Housing
    • Component Locator
      • Disassembled Views
      • Engine Identification
    • Timing Chain Routing Diagrams
      • Timing Chain Alignment Diagram
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Mechanical
      • Symptoms - Engine Mechanical
        • Strategy Based Diagnostics
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Base Engine Misfire without Internal Engine Noises
      • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Internal Lower Engine Noises
      • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Valve Train Noise
      • Base Engine Misfire with Coolant Consumption
      • Base Engine Misfire with Excessive Oil Consumption
      • Engine Noise on Start-Up, but Only Lasting a Few Seconds
      • Upper Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
      • Lower Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
      • Engine Noise Under Load
      • Engine Will Not Crank - Crankshaft Will Not Rotate
      • Coolant in Combustion Chamber
      • Coolant in Engine Oil
      • Engine Compression Test
        • Notes
        • Engine Compression Test
      • Cylinder Leakage Test
        • Notes
        • Cylinder Leakage Test
      • Oil Consumption Diagnosis
      • Oil Pressure Diagnosis And Testing
      • Oil Leak Diagnosis
      • Crankcase Ventilation System Inspection/Description
      • Drive Belt Chirping Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Squeal Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Whine Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Rumbling Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Vibration Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Falls Off Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Excessive Wear Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Tensioner Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure
      • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Diagnosis
    • Repair Instructions
      • On-Vehicle Repair Instructions
        • Drive Belt Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Idler Pulley Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Inspection
          • Front Engine Mount
        • Engine Mount and Bracket Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount and Bracket Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankcase Ventilation Hoses/Pipes Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Manifold Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm And Valve Lash Adjuster Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Stem Oil Seal And Valve Spring Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Replacement
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Balancer Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Front Cover Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Replacement - Exhaust
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Timing Chain, Sprockets, And/Or TENSIONER Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Filter Adapter and Bypass Valve Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pan Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Pressure Sensor and/or Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal And Housing Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Flywheel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil and Oil Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Off-Vehicle Repair Instructions
        • Engine Flywheel Removal
        • Draining Fluids and Oil Filter Removal
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Removal
        • Power Steering Pump Bracket Removal
        • Drive Belt Idler Pulley Removal
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Removal
        • Exhaust Manifold Removal
        • Oil Filter Adapter Removal
        • Heater Inlet Hose Fitting Removal
        • Heater Outlet Hose Fitting Removal
        • Water Outlet Removal
        • Water Pump Removal
          • Tool Required
        • Thermostat Housing Removal
        • Intake Manifold Removal
        • Fuel Rail and Injectors Removal
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Valve Removal
        • Camshaft Cover Removal
        • Oil Pan Removal
        • Oil Pump Pipe and Screen Assembly Removal
        • Crankshaft Balancer Removal
          • Notes
          • Removal
        • Engine Front Cover Removal
        • Oil Pump Removal
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Removal
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Removal
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal and Housing Removal
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Removal
        • Timing Chain Tensioner Removal
        • Engine Lift Bracket Removal
        • Camshaft Removal
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Valve Lash Adjuster Removal
        • Cylinder Head Removal
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, And Bearing Removal
          • Notes
          • Removal
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Removal
        • Engine Block Plug Removal
        • Engine Block Cleaning And Inspection
        • Cylinder Honing
        • Crankshaft And Bearings Cleaning And Inspection
        • Crankshaft Balancer Cleaning and Inspection
        • Engine Flywheel Cleaning and Inspection
        • Piston And Connecting Rod Disassemble
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, And Bearings Cleaning And Inspection
          • Notes
          • Cleaning and Inspection
        • Cylinder Sleeve Removal
          • Notes
          • Removal
        • Cylinder Sleeve Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation
          • Cylinder Sleeve Trimming
        • Piston And Connecting Rod Assemble
          • Notes
          • Assembly
        • Camshafts Cleaning And Inspection
          • Notes
          • Cleaning and Inspection
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Valve Lash Adjuster Cleaning and Inspection
        • Cylinder Head Disassemble
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning And Inspection
          • Notes
          • Cleaning and Inspection
        • Cylinder Head Assemble
        • Camshaft Cover Cleaning and Inspection
        • Oil Pump Cleaning and Inspection
        • Oil Pan Cleaning and Inspection
        • Engine Front Cover Cleaning and Inspection
        • Intake Manifold Cleaning and Inspection
        • Exhaust Manifold Cleaning and Inspection
        • Water Pump Cleaning and Inspection
        • Thread Repair
          • Notes
          • Standard Thread Repair - Flush Hole
          • Recessed Thread Repair
          • Tapered Pipe Thread Repair
          • Cylinder Head Bolt Hole Thread Repair
            • Notes
            • Crankshaft Main Bolt Hole Thread Repair
        • Service Prior To Assembly
        • Engine PRELUBING
          • Notes
          • Engine Prelubing
        • Engine Block Plug Installation
        • Crankshaft And Bearings Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, And Bearing Installation
        • Cylinder Head Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Valve Lash Adjuster Installation
        • Camshaft Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation
        • Engine Lift Bracket Installation
        • Timing Chain Tensioner Installation
        • Timing Chain And Sprockets Installation
        • Camshaft Cover Installation
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Valve Installation
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation
        • Oil Pump Installation
        • Engine Front Cover Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation
        • Water Pump Installation
          • Tool Required
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal And Housing Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation
        • Oil Pump Pipe and Screen Assembly Installation
        • Oil Pan Installation
        • Crankshaft Balancer Installation
        • Fuel Rail and Injectors Installation
        • Intake Manifold Installation
        • Thermostat Housing Installation
        • Heater Inlet Hose Fitting Installation
        • Heater Outlet Hose Fitting Installation
        • Water Outlet Installation
        • Oil Filter Adapter Installation
        • Exhaust Manifold Installation
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Installation
        • Power Steering Pump Bracket Installation
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Installation
        • Drive Belt Idler Pulley Installation
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation
        • Engine Flywheel Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation
    • Description and Operation
      • Crankcase Ventilation System Description
        • Notes
        • Results of Incorrect Operation
      • Drive Belt System Description
      • Engine Component Description
        • Engine Block
        • Oil Pan
        • Crankshaft
        • Connecting Rods
        • Pistons
        • Cylinder Head
        • Valve Train
        • Fuel System
        • Oil Pump
        • Engine Covers
      • Exhaust Camshaft Position Actuator Description
      • New Product Information
        • Notes
        • New Sealants and/or Adhesives
        • New Features on the LL8 Engine
        • Engine Features
        • New Special Tools Required
      • Lubrication Description
      • Cleanliness and Care
      • Separating Parts
      • Replacing Engine Gaskets
      • Use of Room Temperature Vulcanizing (RTV) and Anaerobic Sealer
        • Sealant Types
        • Aerobic Type Room Temperature Vulcanizing (RTV) Sealant
        • Anaerobic Type Threadlock Sealant
        • Anaerobic Type Pipe Sealant
      • Tools and Equipment
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Starter
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Starter Motor Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Starting System and Charging Wiring Schematics
          • Starting System
          • Charging System
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical System Component Views
          • Underhood Compartment
          • Engine Left Front (4.2L)
          • Engine Left Side (4.2L)
          • Engine Top Front (5.3L)
          • Engine Right Side (5.3L)
        • Engine Electrical Connector End View
          • Generator
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Electrical
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1327: System Voltage Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1328: System Voltage High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0562: System Voltage Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0563: System Voltage High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0621: Generator L-Terminal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0622: Generator F-Terminal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1633: Ignition 0 Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1637: Generator L-Terminal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1638: Generator F-Terminal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test (Non-HP2)
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Notes
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test (w/BCM)
          • Notes
          • Battery Electrical Drain
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency (Non HP2)
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure
          • Disconnecting Procedure
          • Connecting Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (4.2L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (5.3L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (4.2L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (5.3L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (4.2L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (5.3L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Bracket Replacement (5.3L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (4.2L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (5.3L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
          • Auxiliary Battery
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Generator
          • Regulator
          • Charging System Indicators
            • Battery
            • Battery Not Charging
        • Starting System Description and Operation
        • Load Shed System Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Engine Performance
  • Emissions
    • Emission Applications
      • Emission Applications
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
  • Mode 6 - Class 2 & GMLAN
    • Introduction
    • Class 2
    • GMLAN (Can)
  • Specifications
    • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
      • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
        • Notes
        • 3 Cylinder Engine
          • Metro 1.0L
          • Buick, Chevrolet 1.2L, 1.3L
        • 4 Cylinder Engine
        • 5 Cylinder Engine
        • In-Line 6 Engine
        • V6 Engine
          • 3.5L VIN 4 V6 Engine
          • 3.8L & 4.3L V6 Engines
          • All Other V6 Engines Except 3.5L (VIN 4), 3.8L & 4.3L
        • 8 Cylinder Engine
          • 4.0L, 4.4L & 4.6L V8 Engines
          • 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & VIN K) & 7.4L V8 Engines
          • 6.6L Diesel V8 Engine
          • All Other V8 Engines Except 4.0L, 4.4L, 4.6L, 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & K), 7.4L & 6.6L
  • System
    • Engine Control System - Diagnosis - 4.2L (DTC P0013 To DTC P0138)
      • Diagnosis Information & Procedures
        • DTC P0013
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0014
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0016
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0068
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0106
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0107
          • Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0108
          • Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0112
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0113
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0117
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0118
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0120
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0122
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0123
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0125
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0128
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0130
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0131
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0132
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Rich Test:
              • Notes
              • Decel Fuel Cutoff Test:
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0133
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0134
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0135 or P0141
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Heater Resistance Test
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0136
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0137
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0138
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
    • Engine Control System - Diagnosis - 4.2L (DTC P0140 To DTC P0506)
      • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0140
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0171
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0172
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0201-P0206
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0220
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0222
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0223
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0300
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0301-P0306
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0315
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0326
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0327 or P0332
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0335
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0336
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0340
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0341
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0410
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0420
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0442
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0446
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0452
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0453
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0455
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions For Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0496
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0506
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
    • Engine Control System - Diagnosis - 4.2L (DTC P0507 To DTC P2176)
      • Diagnosis Information & Procedures
        • DTC P0507
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0601-P0607, P1600, P1621, P1627, P1681, or P2610
          • Description
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0641
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0651
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1133
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1137
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1138
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1171
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1380
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1381
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1516
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1680
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1682
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P2101
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2119
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2120
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2122
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2123
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2125
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2127
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2128
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2135
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2138
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2176
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
    • Engine Control System - 4.2L (Introduction)
      • Specifications
        • Temperature vs Resistance
        • Altitude vs Barometric Pressure
        • Ignition System Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Emissions Related DTCs
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type A
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type B
            • Non-Emissions Related DTCs
            • Conditions for Clearing the DTC - Type X
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type(s)
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Emission Hose Routing Diagram
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Hose Routing Diagram
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Routing Diagram
        • Engine Controls Schematic Icons
        • Engine Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connectors
        • Engine Controls Connectors
        • Engine Controls Component Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • CKP System Variation Learn Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Position 1
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Position 2
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Relief Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Gage Installation and Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Metal Collar)
          • Tool Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Plastic Collar)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Draining Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Replacement (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada, Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Replacement (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL, Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Sender Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Replacement - Filter to Engine
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Filter to Tank
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filler Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Canister/Fuel Tank (Vent Pipe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Canister/Fuel Tank (Vapor Pipe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Engine/Chassis
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Replacement (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL, Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Replacement (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada, Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Cleaning
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection Procedure
          • EVAP Cleaning Procedure
        • Ignition Coil(s) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Usage
          • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Visual Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Outlet Resonator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Resonator Outlet Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Description
          • Powertrain
          • Powertrain Control Module Function
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Operation
          • Trip
          • Warm-Up Cycle
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
            • Notes
            • DTC Status
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description
          • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Overview
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Throttle Body Assembly
          • Modes of Operation
            • Battery Saver Mode
            • Reduced Engine Power Mode
        • Camshaft Actuator System Description
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator System
          • CMP Actuator System Operation
          • CMP Actuator Solenoid Circuit Diagnostics
          • CMP Actuator System Performance Diagnostics
        • Fuel System Description
          • Fuel System Overview
          • Fuel Tank
          • Fuel Fill Pipe
          • Fuel Filler Cap
          • Fuel Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Filter
          • Fuel Feed and Return Pipes
          • Nylon Fuel Pipes
          • Quick-Connect Fittings
          • Fuel Pipe O-Rings
          • Fuel Rail Assembly
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator Assembly
          • Fuel Metering Modes of Operation
          • Starting Mode
          • Clear Flood Mode
          • Run Mode
          • Acceleration Mode
          • Deceleration Mode
          • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
          • Fuel Cutoff Mode
          • Fuel Trim
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control System Description
          • EVAP System Operation
          • Large Leak Test
          • Small Leak Test
          • Canister Vent Restriction Test
          • EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve Leak Test
          • Check Gas Cap Message
          • EVAP System Components
            • Notes
            • EVAP Canister
            • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Valve
            • EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid Valve
            • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
            • EVAP Service Port
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Description
          • Notes
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
          • Ignition Coils
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • Modes of Operation
        • Knock Sensor (KS) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Sensor Description
        • Secondary Air Injection System Description
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) System Description
          • Results of Incorrect Operation
        • Air Intake System Description
          • Notes
          • Air Cleaner Restriction Indicator
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Control System - 4.2L - Troubleshooting & Diagnosis
      • Diagnosis Information & Procedures
        • Symptoms - Engine Controls
          • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Check
        • Intermittent Conditions
        • Hard Start
        • Surges/Chuggles
        • Lack of Power, Sluggishness, or Sponginess
        • Detonation/Spark Knock
        • Hesitation, Sag, Stumble
        • Cuts Out, Misses
        • Poor Fuel Economy
        • Poor Fuel Fill Quality
        • Rough, Unstable, or Incorrect Idle and Stalling
        • Dieseling, Run-On
        • Backfire
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Test Description
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Engine Cranks but Does Not Run
          • Description
          • Test Description
        • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
        • Fuel System Diagnosis
          • System Description
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Special Tool
          • System Description
            • Notes
            • Test Description
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Tech 2
          • System Description
            • Notes
            • Test Description
        • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Tank Leak Test
          • Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis (with Special Tool)
          • Description
          • Test Procedure
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis (without Special Tool)
          • Test Description
          • Alcohol in Fuel Testing Procedure
          • Particulate Contaminants in Fuel Testing Procedure
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
          • Description
          • Conditions for Updating the I/M System Status
          • Monitored Emission Control Systems
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) AIR System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Catalyst System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Heated Oxygen Sensor/Oxygen Sensor (HO2S/O2S) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Heater System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
    • Engine Control System - 4.2L (Diagnostic Information & Procedures)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls
          • Description
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
    • Engine Controls - Strategy Based Engine Diagnosis
      • Strategy Based Diagnosis
  • Testing & Diagnosis
    • Engine Control System - Diagnosis - 4.2L (DTC P0013 To DTC P0138)
      • Diagnosis Information & Procedures
        • DTC P0013
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0014
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0016
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0068
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0106
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0107
          • Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0108
          • Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0112
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0113
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0117
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0118
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0120
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0122
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0123
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0125
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0128
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0130
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0131
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0132
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Rich Test:
              • Notes
              • Decel Fuel Cutoff Test:
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0133
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0134
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0135 or P0141
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Heater Resistance Test
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0136
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0137
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0138
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
    • Engine Control System - Diagnosis - 4.2L (DTC P0140 To DTC P0506)
      • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0140
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0171
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0172
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0201-P0206
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0220
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0222
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0223
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0300
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0301-P0306
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0315
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0326
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0327 or P0332
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0335
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0336
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0340
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0341
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0410
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0420
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0442
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0446
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0452
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0453
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0455
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions For Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0496
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0506
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
    • Engine Control System - Diagnosis - 4.2L (DTC P0507 To DTC P2176)
      • Diagnosis Information & Procedures
        • DTC P0507
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0601-P0607, P1600, P1621, P1627, P1681, or P2610
          • Description
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0641
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0651
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1133
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1137
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1138
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1171
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1380
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1381
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1516
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1680
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1682
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P2101
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2119
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2120
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2122
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2123
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2125
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2127
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2128
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2135
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2138
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2176
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
    • Engine Control System - 4.2L (Introduction)
      • Specifications
        • Temperature vs Resistance
        • Altitude vs Barometric Pressure
        • Ignition System Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Emissions Related DTCs
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type A
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type B
            • Non-Emissions Related DTCs
            • Conditions for Clearing the DTC - Type X
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type(s)
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Emission Hose Routing Diagram
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Hose Routing Diagram
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Routing Diagram
        • Engine Controls Schematic Icons
        • Engine Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connectors
        • Engine Controls Connectors
        • Engine Controls Component Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • CKP System Variation Learn Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Position 1
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Position 2
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Relief Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Gage Installation and Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Metal Collar)
          • Tool Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Plastic Collar)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Draining Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Replacement (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada, Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Replacement (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL, Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Sender Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Replacement - Filter to Engine
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Filter to Tank
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filler Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Canister/Fuel Tank (Vent Pipe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Canister/Fuel Tank (Vapor Pipe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Engine/Chassis
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Replacement (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL, Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Replacement (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada, Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Cleaning
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection Procedure
          • EVAP Cleaning Procedure
        • Ignition Coil(s) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Usage
          • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Visual Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Outlet Resonator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Resonator Outlet Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Description
          • Powertrain
          • Powertrain Control Module Function
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Operation
          • Trip
          • Warm-Up Cycle
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
            • Notes
            • DTC Status
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description
          • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Overview
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Throttle Body Assembly
          • Modes of Operation
            • Battery Saver Mode
            • Reduced Engine Power Mode
        • Camshaft Actuator System Description
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator System
          • CMP Actuator System Operation
          • CMP Actuator Solenoid Circuit Diagnostics
          • CMP Actuator System Performance Diagnostics
        • Fuel System Description
          • Fuel System Overview
          • Fuel Tank
          • Fuel Fill Pipe
          • Fuel Filler Cap
          • Fuel Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Filter
          • Fuel Feed and Return Pipes
          • Nylon Fuel Pipes
          • Quick-Connect Fittings
          • Fuel Pipe O-Rings
          • Fuel Rail Assembly
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator Assembly
          • Fuel Metering Modes of Operation
          • Starting Mode
          • Clear Flood Mode
          • Run Mode
          • Acceleration Mode
          • Deceleration Mode
          • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
          • Fuel Cutoff Mode
          • Fuel Trim
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control System Description
          • EVAP System Operation
          • Large Leak Test
          • Small Leak Test
          • Canister Vent Restriction Test
          • EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve Leak Test
          • Check Gas Cap Message
          • EVAP System Components
            • Notes
            • EVAP Canister
            • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Valve
            • EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid Valve
            • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
            • EVAP Service Port
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Description
          • Notes
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
          • Ignition Coils
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • Modes of Operation
        • Knock Sensor (KS) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Sensor Description
        • Secondary Air Injection System Description
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) System Description
          • Results of Incorrect Operation
        • Air Intake System Description
          • Notes
          • Air Cleaner Restriction Indicator
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Control System - 4.2L - Troubleshooting & Diagnosis
      • Diagnosis Information & Procedures
        • Symptoms - Engine Controls
          • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Check
        • Intermittent Conditions
        • Hard Start
        • Surges/Chuggles
        • Lack of Power, Sluggishness, or Sponginess
        • Detonation/Spark Knock
        • Hesitation, Sag, Stumble
        • Cuts Out, Misses
        • Poor Fuel Economy
        • Poor Fuel Fill Quality
        • Rough, Unstable, or Incorrect Idle and Stalling
        • Dieseling, Run-On
        • Backfire
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Test Description
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Engine Cranks but Does Not Run
          • Description
          • Test Description
        • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
        • Fuel System Diagnosis
          • System Description
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Special Tool
          • System Description
            • Notes
            • Test Description
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Tech 2
          • System Description
            • Notes
            • Test Description
        • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Tank Leak Test
          • Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis (with Special Tool)
          • Description
          • Test Procedure
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis (without Special Tool)
          • Test Description
          • Alcohol in Fuel Testing Procedure
          • Particulate Contaminants in Fuel Testing Procedure
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
          • Description
          • Conditions for Updating the I/M System Status
          • Monitored Emission Control Systems
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) AIR System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Catalyst System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Heated Oxygen Sensor/Oxygen Sensor (HO2S/O2S) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Heater System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
    • Engine Control System - 4.2L (Diagnostic Information & Procedures)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls
          • Description
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
    • Engine Controls - Strategy Based Engine Diagnosis
      • Strategy Based Diagnosis
• General Information
  • Abbreviations
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
  • Basic Trouble Shooting
    • Basic Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Accessories & Electrical
        • Charging System Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
      • Air Conditioning & Heat
        • Air Conditioning Trouble Shooting
        • Heater System Trouble Shooting
      • Brakes
        • Brake System Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Mechanical
        • Cooling System Trouble Shooting
        • Gasoline Engine - Mechanical Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Performance
        • Carburetor Trouble Shooting:
        • Diesel Engine Trouble Shooting
        • Fuel Injection Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
        • Tune-Up Trouble Shooting - Gas Engine Vehicles
        • Vacuum Pump - Diesel Trouble Shooting
      • Manual Transmission
        • Manual Transmission Trouble Shooting
      • Powertrain
        • Clutch Trouble Shooting
        • Drive Axle - Noise Diagnosis
          • Unrelated Noises
          • Non-Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Chuckle
          • Knock
          • Clunk
          • Bearing Whine
          • Bearing Rumble
          • Chatter On Turns
          • Axle Shaft Noise
          • Vibration
        • Drive Axle - RWD Trouble Shooting
        • Fwd Axle Shafts & CV Joints Trouble Shooting
      • Steering & Suspension
        • Manual Steering Gear Trouble Shooting
        • Power Steering Trouble Shooting
        • Steering Column Trouble Shooting
        • Suspension Trouble Shooting
        • Wheel Alignment Trouble Shooting
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Engine Performance - Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Engine Performance
  • Brakes
    • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions
    • Map - Brake Systems
      • Brake Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accelerometers
        • Accumulators
        • Anchor Pins
        • Anti-Lock Brake Control Assembly(Module)
        • Anti-Lock Brake Controller
        • Anti-Lock Brake Systems
        • Axle Seal
        • Backing Plates
        • Bleeder Screw
        • Brake Abs Active Light (Blue)
        • Brake Fluid
        • Brake Friction Material
        • Brake On - Off Switch
        • Brake Pads
        • Brake Pedals
        • Brake Shoe Hardware
        • Brake Shoes
        • Brake Stoplight Switches
        • Brake Warning Light (Amber)
        • Brake Warning Light (Red)
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs And LEDS
        • Caliper Hardware
        • Caliper Mounting Pin
        • Caliper Piston
        • Caliper Shim
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt) Dust Boot
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt)
        • Calipers
        • Combination Valve
        • Controllers
        • Digital Ratio Axle Controllers And Buffers (Drab And Dram)
        • Disable Switches
        • Drums
        • Electrical Brake Pumps
        • Electrical Park Motor
        • Electrical Pumps And Motors
        • Electro-Magnetic Interference
        • Electronic Brake Control Modulator
        • Electronic Brake Distribution
        • Electronic Brake Traction Control Module
        • Electronic Controllers
        • Electronic Traction Control
        • External Brake Cable
        • Flow Control Valve
        • Fluid Level Sensor Switches
        • Fluid
        • Four Wheel Drive Switches
        • Friction Material
        • G Sensors
        • Gaskets
        • Gravitational Switches
        • Grease Seal
        • Height Sensing Proportioning Valve
        • High Pressure Accumulator
        • Hoses
        • Hub
        • Hydraulic Control Unit
        • Hydraulic Modulators
        • Hydro-Boosters
        • Hydro-Electric Boosters (POWERMASTER)
        • Ignition Disable Switches
        • Lamp Driver Relay
        • Lateral Acceleration Switches
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Low Pressure Accumulator
        • Lug Nut
        • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
        • Master Cylinders
        • Modulators
        • Motor Pack
        • Motors
        • Pads
        • Parking Brake Cable
        • Parking Brake Mechanism
        • Parking Brake Shoes
        • Parking Brake Switches
        • Parking Brake Systems
        • Pedal Travel Switches
        • Pedals
        • Power Distribution Center
        • POWERMASTER
        • Pressure Differential Switches
        • Pressure Switches
        • Pressure Transducers
        • Proportioning Valve
        • Pumps
        • Relays
        • RELUCTOR (Speed) Ring
        • Rotors
        • Self-Adjusting Systems
        • Shoe Hardware
        • Shoes
        • Sockets
        • Speed Sensor (RELUCTOR) Ring
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Star Wheel
        • Steel Brake Lines
        • Stoplight Switches
        • Stroke Sensor
        • Switches
        • Tires
        • Tone Ring
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Traction Control System (TCS)
        • Transfer Tubes
        • Vacuum Boosters
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Valves
        • Wear Indicator
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheel Cylinders
        • Wiring Harnesses
        • Yaw Rate Sensor
      • Brake System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Map - Routine Inspection Reference Guide
      • Routine Inspection Reference Guide
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Maintenance Overview
          • Antifreeze/Coolant
          • Visual Inspection
          • Radiator Cap Test
          • Engine Fan
          • Cooling System Power Flush And Refill
          • Belts (Except Timing Belts)
          • Belt TENSIONER
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Exchange & Filter Replacement
          • Engine Oil
          • Air Filters
          • Cabin Air Filter
          • Brake Fluid
          • Battery
          • Battery Cables
          • Power Steering
          • Power Steering Fluid
          • Wiper Blades
        • Routine Inspection CHECKSHEET
        • Routine Inspection - UICS
          • Brake Systems
            • Notes
            • Brake Fluid
            • Bulbs And LEDS
            • Hoses
            • Lenses
            • Lug Nut
            • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
            • Parking Brake Cable
            • Vacuum Hoses
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
          • Drivetrain And Transmission
            • Notes
            • Automatic Transmission Fluid
            • Clutch Master Cylinders
            • Cooler Lines
            • Coolers
            • Differential Fluid
            • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Filters And Screens
            • Fluids And Lubricants
            • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
            • Hydraulic Fluid
            • Lubricants
            • Manual Transmission Fluid
            • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
            • Transfer Case Fluid
            • Vacuum Hoses
          • Electrical Systems
            • Batteries
            • Battery Cables
            • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
            • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
            • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
            • Ground Cables And Straps
            • Ground Straps
            • Lenses
            • Sealed Beams
            • Washer Pumps
            • Wiper Arms And Blades
            • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
            • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
          • Engine Performance And Maintenance
            • Notes
            • Accessory Belts
            • Air Filter Elements
            • Air Filter Gaskets
            • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
            • Air Pump Belts
            • Batteries
            • Battery Connectors
            • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
            • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
            • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
            • Coolant Recovery Tanks
            • Coolant
            • Distributor Caps
            • Distributor Rotors
            • Engine Cooling Systems
            • Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
            • Engine Oil
            • Fuel Filters
            • Fuel Injector Cleaning
            • Fuel Injectors
            • Fuel System Cleaning Service
            • Hose Clamps
            • Hose Connectors
            • Hose Couplers
            • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
            • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
            • Intake Cleaning
            • O2 Sensors
            • PCV Breather Elements
            • PCV Valves
            • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
            • Spark Plugs
            • Thermostats And Housings
            • Throttle Body Cleaning
            • Timing Belts
            • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
          • Exhaust Systems
            • Notes
            • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
          • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning Systems
            • Notes
            • Belts
            • Cabin Air Filters
            • Coolant
            • Evaporator Drain Tubes
            • Evaporator Filters
            • In-Line Filters
            • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
          • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
            • Notes
            • Hydraulic Hoses
            • Power Steering Belts
            • Power Steering Fluid
            • Power Steering Hoses
            • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
            • Strut Rods
            • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
            • Tire Pressure Sensors
            • Tires
            • Valve Stems
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
      • Wheel & Tire Supplement
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
        • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
        • Wheel & Tire - UICS
          • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
          • Tire Pressure Sensors
          • Tires
          • Wheel Alignment
          • Wheel Attachment Hardware
          • Wheels (Rims)
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Check Lists
    • Symptom Check List Worksheet - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose
        • Notes
        • Why Use the Symptom Check List Worksheets?
        • Making the Worksheets a Part of Your Normal Routine
      • Symptom Check List Worksheets
        • Condensed Version - All On One Page
        • Full Version - All On Four Pages
        • Individual System-Based Check Lists
  • OBD-II Drive Cycles - 4.2L
    • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
      • Description
      • Conditions for Running
      • Diagnostic Aids
  • Driveline/Axles
    • Drive Axle Noise Diagnosis - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Unrelated Noises
      • Non-Drive Axle Noises
      • Gear Noise
      • Chuckle
      • Knock
      • Clunk
      • Bearing Whine
      • Bearing Rumble
      • Chatter On Turns
      • Axle Shaft Noise
      • Vibration
    • Gear Tooth Contact Patterns - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Gear Backlash & Pinion Shim Changes
    • Map - Drive Train & Transmission
      • Drive Train & Transmission Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Drivetrain And Transmission
        • Notes
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Automatic Transmission / Transaxle Assemblies/CVTS
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid
        • Axles
        • Bearings And Races
        • Bell Cranks
        • Bell Housings
        • Bushings (External)
        • Cables (Speedometer)
        • Cables (TV, Detent And Shift)
        • Carrier Bearings
        • Clutch Cables And Cable Housings
        • Clutch Discs (Manual Transmissions)
        • Clutch Forks
        • Clutch Linkages (Mechanical)
        • Clutch Master Cylinders
        • Clutch Pedals
        • Clutch Pivots
        • Clutch Pressure Plates
        • Clutch Release Bearings
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Concentric)
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Conventional Or External)
        • Companion Flanges
        • Connectors
        • Cooler Bypass Valves
        • Cooler Lines
        • Coolers
        • CV Joints
        • Differential And Final Drive Assemblies
        • Differential Fluid
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks (Fluid Level Indicators)
        • Dowel Pins, Guides And Pilot Holes
        • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Drive Shaft Flanges
        • Drive Shafts And Half Shafts
        • Dust Boots
        • Engine Mounts
        • Exciter Rings
        • Filler Tubes
        • Filters And Screens
        • Flanges
        • Flex Plates
        • Fluid Level Indicators
        • Fluids And Lubricants
        • Flywheels
        • Force Motors
        • Gaskets
        • Guides
        • Half Shafts
        • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
        • Housings (Bell, Case, Tail(Extension) And Auxiliary)
        • Hydraulic Fluid
        • Intermediate Shaft Support Bearings
        • Key Interlock Systems
        • Limited Slips
        • Lines
        • Linkages (External)
        • Locking Hub Assemblies
        • Locking Hub Control Knobs
        • Lubricants
        • Manual Transmission Fluid
        • Manual Transmission/Transaxle Assemblies
        • Metal Clad Seals
        • METALASTIC Joints
        • Modulator Pins
        • Modulators
        • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
        • Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Oil Pans
        • Pans
        • Pilot Holes
        • Pressure Plates
        • Pressure Switches
        • Races
        • Rubber Joints (METALASTIC)
        • Screens
        • Seals (Metal Clad)
        • Seals
        • Selector Interlock Systems
        • Sensors
        • Servos
        • Shift Interlock Systems (Selector And Key Interlock Systems)
        • Side Covers
        • Slip Yokes
        • Solenoids
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Speedometer- Driven Gear Housing
        • Speedometer/Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Speedometer/Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Speedometers/Odometers (Electronic)
        • Switches
        • Tone Wheels
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Torque Converters
        • Transaxle Mounts
        • Transducers (Transmission)
        • Transfer Case Assemblies
        • Transfer Case Fluid
        • Transmission Coolers
        • Transmission Mounts
        • Transmission Pans
        • Transmission Range Indicators (PRNDL)
        • Tubes
        • Universal Joints (CARDAN Or Cross Type)
        • Vacuum Controls
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Vacuum Motors
        • Vacuum-Operated Switches
        • Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Vents
        • Vibration Dampers
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Speed Sensors
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
        • Yokes And Slip Yokes
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Trouble Shooting - Clutches - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • All Models
  • DTC Index
    • Air Bag DTCS
    • Anti-Lock Brake DTCS
    • Automatic Transmission (4L60-E/4L65-E) DTCS
    • Body Control Module DTCS
    • Cellular Communication DTCS
    • Cruise Control DTCS
    • Data Link Communication DTCS
    • Defogger DTCS
    • Engine Cooling DTCS
    • Engine Electrical DTCS
    • Engine Performance - 4.2L DTCS
    • Engine Performance - 4.8L & 5.3L DTCS
    • HVAC, Automatic DTCS
    • HVAC, Manual DTCS
    • Instrument Panel DTCS
    • Lighting DTCS
    • Navigation DTCS
    • Power Door Lock, Mirror & Window DTCS
    • Power Seat DTCS
    • Retained Accessory Power DTCS
    • Theft Deterrent DTCS
    • Transfer Case (NVG 126-NP4) DTCS
    • Transfer Case (NVG 226-NP8) DTCS
    • Washer/Wiper DTCS
  • Electrical
    • Map - Electrical Systems
      • Electrical Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Actuator Motors (Electric)
        • Actuator Motors (Vacuum)
        • Air Bags
        • Alternators And Generators
        • Amplifiers
        • Antennas
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Cables
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belts
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
        • Cd Players
        • Cigarette Lighter Assemblies
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Clutch Switches
        • Connectors
        • Control Modules
        • Cruise Control Brake Switches
        • Cruise Control Cables
        • Cruise Control Clutch Switches
        • Cruise Control Linkages And Cables
        • Cruise Control Reservoirs
        • Cruise Control Tubes
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Dump Release Valves
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And
        • Cruise Control Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Defoggers
        • Defrosters
        • Delays
        • Dimmers
        • Electric Heaters
        • Equalizers
        • Fuse Blocks
        • Fuse Boxes And Blocks
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gauges
        • Generators
        • Ground Cables And Straps
        • Ground Straps
        • Headlight Adjusters
        • Heating Elements (Defrosters, Defoggers, Electric Heaters And Seats)
        • Horns And Sirens
        • Ignition Switches
        • Indicator Lights
        • Keyless Entry Keypads And Transmitters
        • Keyless Entry Transmitters
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Microphones
        • Mirrors (ELECTROCHROMATIC And Heated)
        • Motors
        • Neutral Safety Switches
        • Odometers, Speedometers And Tachometers (Cable Driven)
        • Odometers
        • Power Distribution Center
        • Pulleys
        • Receivers, Amplifiers, Equalizers And Sub-Woofer Volume Controls
        • Relay Boxes
        • Relays
        • Sealed Beams
        • Seat Heaters
        • Security Alarm Sensors
        • Sirens
        • Solenoids
        • Speakers And Microphones
        • Speedometer And Tachometer Linkages And Cables
        • Speedometer Cables
        • Speedometers
        • Starters
        • Sub-Woofer Volume Control
        • Switches
        • Tachometer Cables
        • Tachometers
        • Tape Players And Cd Players
        • TENSIONERS
        • Timers
        • Transceivers
        • Transducers
        • Vacuum Accumulators (Reservoirs)
        • Voltage Regulators
        • Washer Fluid Level Senders
        • Washer Pumps
        • Wiper Arms And Blades
        • Wiper Blades
        • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
        • Wiper Linkages
        • Wiper Nozzles
        • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Battery, Starting & Charging System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
  • Engine
    • Engine Overhaul Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Engine Identification
      • Inspection Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Magnetic Particle Inspection
          • Notes
          • Magnaflux & Magnaglo
        • Penetrant Inspection
          • Notes
          • Zyglo
          • Dye Check
        • Ultrasonic Inspection
        • X-Ray Inspection
        • Pressure Testing
      • Cleaning Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Bead Blasting
        • Chemical Cleaning
      • Component Cleaning
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Sheet Metal Parts
        • Intake & Exhaust Manifolds
      • Cylinder Head Replacement
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Installation
        • Valve Adjustment
      • Cylinder Head Overhaul
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cylinder Head Disassembly
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning & Inspection
        • Valve Springs
        • Valve Guide
          • Notes
          • Measuring Valve Guide Clearance
          • Reaming Valve Guide
          • Replacing Valve Guide
        • Valves & Valve Seats
          • Notes
          • Valve Grinding
          • Valve Lapping
          • Valve Seat Grinding
          • Valve Seat Replacement
          • Valve Seat Concentricity
        • Cylinder Head Reassembly
          • Notes
          • Valve Stem Installed Height
        • Valve Stem Oil Seals
          • Notes
          • Replacement (On-Vehicle)
        • Valve Spring Installed Height
        • Rocker Arms & Assemblies
          • Notes
          • Rocker Studs
          • Rocker Arms & Shafts
        • Push Rods
        • Lifters
          • Notes
          • Hydraulic Lifters
          • Mechanical Lifters
      • Pistons, Connecting Rods & Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Ridge Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Cleaning
          • Inspection
        • Piston & Cylinder Bore Fit
        • Assembling Piston & Connecting Rod
        • Checking Piston Ring Clearances
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Installation
        • Connecting Rod Side Clearance
        • Main & Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance
          • Notes
          • Plastigage Method
          • Micrometer & Telescopic Gauge Method
      • Crankshaft & Main Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Installation
        • Crankshaft End Play
          • Notes
          • Dial Indicator Method
          • Feeler Gauge Method
        • Cylinder Block
          • Notes
          • Block Cleaning
          • Block Inspection
          • Cylinder Bore Inspection
          • Cylinder Honing
          • Deck Warpage
          • Deck Height
          • Main Bearing Bore & Alignment
          • Expansion Plug Removal
          • Expansion Plug Installation
          • Oil Gallery Plug Removal
          • Oil Gallery Plug Installation
      • Camshaft
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Camshaft Bearings
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Camshaft End Play
      • Timing Chains & Belts
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Chains
        • Timing Belts
        • Tension Adjustment
      • Timing Gears
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Gear Backlash & RUNOUT
        • Rear Main Oil Seal Installation
          • Notes
          • One-Piece Type Seal
          • Rope Type Seal
          • Split-Rubber Type Seal
      • Oil Pump
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Rotor Type
        • Gear Type
      • Break-In Procedure
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Engine Pre-Oiling
        • Initial Start-Up
        • Camshaft
        • Piston Rings
        • Final Adjustments
    • General Cooling System Service - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Maintenance
        • Draining
        • Flushing
          • Notes
          • Radiator
          • Engine Block
        • Refilling
      • Testing
        • Thermostat
        • Pressure Testing
          • Notes
          • Radiator Cap
          • Cooling System
  • Engine Performance
    • Electrostatic Discharge Warning - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Introduction
      • Handling Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
      • Checking Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
    • Engine Performance Diagnostic Routine Outline - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Where Does DRIVEABILITY Diagnosis Start?
        • Perform Basic Inspection
        • Check For Trouble Codes
        • Diagnose Symptom
        • Test System
    • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
      • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
    • Map - Engine Performance & Maintenance
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance (Including Exhaust Systems)
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Engine Performance & Maintenance CHECKSHEET
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance
        • Notes
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • Accessory Belts
        • Accessory Pulleys
        • Air Conditioning Cycling Switches
        • Air Conditioning Pressure Sensors
        • Air Ducts And Tubes
        • Air Filter Elements
        • Air Filter Gaskets
        • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
        • Air Fuel Ratio Sensors
        • Air Injection Control Solenoids
        • Air Plenums
        • Air Pump Belts
        • Air Pumps (Electric Driven)
        • Air Tubes
        • Aspirator, Check And DECEL Valves
        • Baffles
        • Ballast Primary Supply Resistor Wires
        • Ballast Resistors And Primary Supply Resistors
        • Barometric Pressure Sensors
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Connectors
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
        • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
        • Belt-Driven Air Pumps
        • Boost Control Mechanism
        • Camshaft Position Sensors
        • Carburetors And Chokes
        • Casting Core Plugs And Expansion Plugs
        • Charge Air Coolers ""INTERCOOLERS"" (CAC)
        • Check Valves
        • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Chokes
        • Clutch Pedal Position Switches
        • Cold Start Injectors
        • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
        • Connectors
        • Coolant Recovery Tanks
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Motor Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Relays And Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Resistors
        • Cooling Fan Motor Sensors And Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motor Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Crankshaft Position Sensors
        • Cylinder Deactivation Solenoid
        • Cylinder Head Assemblies
        • DECEL Valves
        • Deflectors
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks And Tubes
        • Distributor Advances And Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Boots And Shields
        • Distributor Caps
        • Distributor Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Rotors
        • Distributor Shields
        • Distributors
        • Early Fuel Evaporation Valves (Heat Riser Assemblies)
        • EGR Coolers
        • EGR Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Intake And Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Plates And Coolers
        • Electronic Spark Control Modules
        • Electronic Transmission Control Devices
        • Electronic Transmission Feedback Devices
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensors
        • Engine Cooling Systems
        • Engine Covers (Oil Pan, Valve Cover, Timing Cover)
        • Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Engine Oil Canisters
        • Engine Oil Coolers (External)
        • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
        • Engine Oil Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gauges (Mechanical)
        • Engine Oil
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Filters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Devices
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canisters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Feedback Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Feedback Devices
        • Expansion Plugs
        • Fan Control Sensor
        • Fuel Accumulators And Dampers
        • Fuel And Cold Start Injectors
        • Fuel Caps
        • Fuel Dampers
        • Fuel Delivery Check Valves
        • Fuel Distributors (BOSCH Cis)
        • Fuel Filler Necks And RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel Filters
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning
        • Fuel Injectors
        • Fuel Level Senders
        • Fuel Pressure Regulators
        • Fuel Pumps (In-Tank, External, Electrical Or Mechanical)
        • Fuel Rails
        • Fuel RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel System Cleaning Service
        • Fuel Tanks
        • Fuel
        • Gaskets
        • Grommets (Valve Cover)
        • Harmonic Dampers
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Hose Clamps
        • Hose Connectors
        • Hose Couplers
        • Hoses And Tube Couplers, Connectors And Clamps
        • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
        • Housings
        • Idle Air Controls
        • Idle Speed Control Actuators
        • Ignition Boots
        • Ignition Coil Towers
        • Ignition Coils
        • Ignition Control Modules (ICM)
        • Ignition Switches
        • Ignition Terminals
        • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
        • Inertia Fuel Shut-Off Switches
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensors
        • Intake Cleaning
        • Intake Manifolds
        • In-Tank Fuel Strainers
        • INTERCOOLERS
        • Knock Sensors
        • Liquid Vapor Separators
        • Long Block Assemblies
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (Map) Sensors
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensors
        • Metal Air Manifolds And Pipes
        • Metal Air Pipes
        • Mix Control Solenoids
        • Motor Mounts
        • O2 Sensors
        • Oil Pans
        • Oil Pressure Sending Units
        • Oil Pump Pick-Up Screens
        • Oil Pumps
        • O-Rings, Gaskets, Seals And Spring Locks
        • Park Neutral Position Switches
        • PCV Breather Elements
        • PCV Orifices
        • PCV Valves
        • Pick-Up Assemblies (Includes Magnetic, Hall Effect And Optical)
        • Power Steering Pressure Sensors
        • Powertrain Control Modules (Pcm) And Prom
        • Powertrain Control Prom
        • Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Blades
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiators
        • Roll Over Valves
        • Sealing Compounds
        • Seals
        • Secondary Air Injection System Management Devices
        • Sensors
        • Short Block Assemblies
        • Shrouds, Baffles And Deflectors
        • Spark Plugs
        • Spring Locks
        • Super Chargers
        • Switches
        • Thermal Vacuum Valves
        • Thermostatic Air Door Assemblies
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Throttle Bodies
        • Throttle Body Cleaning
        • Throttle Cables
        • Throttle Linkages And Cables
        • Throttle Position Sensors
        • Throttle Position Switches
        • Timing Belt Sprockets
        • Timing Belts
        • Timing Covers
        • Torque Struts
        • Transmission Range Switches
        • Tube Clamps
        • Tube Connectors
        • Tube Couplers
        • Tubes
        • Turbo Chargers
        • Vacuum Connections
        • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
        • Vacuum Regulator Solenoids
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valve Covers
        • Vehicle Speed Senors
        • Volume Air Flow Sensors
        • Waste Gate And Boost Control Mechanisms
        • Waste Gate Control Solenoids
        • Water Pumps (Electric)
        • Water Pumps (Non-Electric)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Parasitic Load Explanation & Test Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • General Information
      • Testing For Parasitic Load
        • Notes
        • CHRYSLER Ignition Off Draw (IOD) Test
        • Test Procedure Using Test Switch
        • Intermittent Parasitic Load Problems
        • Diode Check & Solenoid Test
        • Quad Driver Test
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
    • Waveforms - Injector Pattern Tutorial - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose Of This Article
        • Notes
        • Scope Of This Article
      • Is A Lab Scope Necessary?
        • Introduction
        • Overview Of NOID Light
          • Notes
          • Use the Right Noid Light
        • Overview Of DVOM
          • Notes
          • Checking Injector Resistance
          • Checking Available Voltage At the Injector
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Built-In Function
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Dwell Or Duty
          • How A Duty Cycle Meter and Dwell Meter Work
          • Strengths of Dwell/Duty Meter
          • Weaknesses of Dwell/Duty Meter
      • The Two Types Of Injector Drivers
        • Notes
        • Overview
        • Voltage Controlled Circuit ("Saturated Switch")
        • Current Controlled Circuit ("Peak & Hold")
      • The Two Ways Injector Circuits Are Wired
      • Interpreting Injector Waveforms
        • Notes
        • Interpreting A Voltage Controlled Pattern
        • Interpreting A Current Controlled Pattern
      • Current Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
      • Voltage Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
  • Map - Exhaust Systems
    • Exhaust Systems
      • Notes
      • Map Standards Of Service
      • The Map Process - Overview
      • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Catalytic Converters
      • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
      • Exhaust Connections
      • Hangers
      • Heat Risers (Mechanical EFE Devices)
      • Heat Shields
      • Manifolds (Cast And Tube Type)
      • Mechanical EFE Devices
      • Muffler Valve
      • Mufflers And Resonators
    • Reason Code Explanation
  • Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
    • Map - Heating, Ventilation, & Air Conditioning
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accumulators
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Air Conditioning Fittings
        • Air Conditioning Hoses
        • Air Conditioning Metal Lines
        • Air Control Doors
        • Air Dams (External)
        • Air Distribution System
        • Belts
        • Blend Doors
        • Blower Fans (Blower Wheel Or Squirrel Cage)
        • Blower Motors
        • Blower Resistors
        • Blower Switches
        • Cabin Air Filters
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Compressor Clutch Assemblies
        • Compressors
        • Condenser Air Seals
        • Condenser Fan Motors
        • Condensers
        • Connectors
        • Control Cables
        • Control Heads (Function Selectors)
        • Control Linkages
        • Control Modules
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Blades
        • Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Evaporator Drain Tubes
        • Evaporator Filters
        • Evaporator Pressure Regulators (EPRS)
        • Evaporators
        • Expansion Valves
        • Function Selectors
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gaskets
        • Heater Cases
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Heater Hoses
        • High Pressure Relief Valves (HPRV)
        • Idlers
        • In-Line Filters
        • Metal Fittings
        • Metal Lines
        • Mix And Air Control Doors (Blend Doors)
        • ORIFACE Tubes
        • O-Rings
        • Pilot-Operated Absolutes (POAS)
        • Plenums
        • Pressure Control Valves
        • Pressure Sensors
        • Pulleys
        • Radiators
        • Receiver-DRIERS
        • Refrigerant Oil
        • Refrigerant
        • Relays
        • Seals
        • Service Ports
        • Spring Lock Couplings
        • Suction Throttling Valves (STVS)
        • Switches (Electrical)
        • TENSIONERS
        • Thermistors And Pressure Sensors
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
        • Vacuum Reservoirs
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valves In Receiver (VIRS)
        • Water Pumps (Electric Auxiliary)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Hoist/Jack
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle Identification
        • VIN Derivative
        • Label - Vehicle Certification (w/RPO Z49)
          • Vehicle Certification Label - Complete
          • Vehicle Certification Label - Incomplete
        • Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (360 Engine and Transmission Usage)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (370 Engine and Transmission Usage)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Transfer Case Identification
        • Axle Identification - Front
        • Axle Identification - Rear
        • Labeling - Anti-Theft
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
              • Notes
              • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Key Identification and Usage
          • Cutting Keys
          • Replacement Lock Cylinders
          • Lock Cylinder Tumbler Operation
          • Assembling and Coding Ignition Lock Cylinders
          • Side Door Lock Cylinder Coding
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Identification
    • CANADIAN Model Cross-Reference
      • * Please Read This First *
      • ACURA
      • ASUNA
      • AUDI
      • BMW
      • CHRYSLER Corp.
        • CHRYSLER
        • Dodge
        • Eagle
        • PLYMOUTH
      • General Motors
        • BUICK
        • CHEVROLET
        • GMC
        • OLDSMOBILE
        • Optima
        • PONTIAC
      • HYUNDAI
      • Jaguar
      • KIA
      • MAZDA
      • MERCEDES-BENZ
      • Mercury
      • MERKUR
      • MITSUBISHI
      • NISSAN
      • RENAULT
      • SATURN
      • Smart
      • SUBARU
      • SUZUKI
      • TOYOTA
      • VOLKSWAGEN
      • VOLVO
      • All Others
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle Identification
        • VIN Derivative
        • Label - Vehicle Certification (w/RPO Z49)
          • Vehicle Certification Label - Complete
          • Vehicle Certification Label - Incomplete
        • Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (360 Engine and Transmission Usage)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (370 Engine and Transmission Usage)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Transfer Case Identification
        • Axle Identification - Front
        • Axle Identification - Rear
        • Labeling - Anti-Theft
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
              • Notes
              • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Key Identification and Usage
          • Cutting Keys
          • Replacement Lock Cylinders
          • Lock Cylinder Tumbler Operation
          • Assembling and Coding Ignition Lock Cylinders
          • Side Door Lock Cylinder Coding
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Metric Conversions
    • Engine Displacement Conversion Table - ECAT
      • Conversion Table
    • Metric Conversions
      • Metric Conversions
        • Notes
        • Length
        • Volume
        • Torque
        • Pressure
      • Conversion Factors
  • OEM General Information
    • Automatic Stop/Start Disable
      • Auto Stop/Start Disable
        • Notes
        • Disable Conditions
        • Disable Button
    • Cautions And Notices
      • Introduction
        • Definition of Caution, Notice, and Important
          • Notes
          • CAUTION Defined
          • NOTICE Defined
          • IMPORTANT Defined
        • ABS Component Handling Caution
        • Approved Equipment for Collision Repair Caution
        • Assistant Driving Caution
        • Batteries Produce Explosive Gases Caution
        • Battery Disconnect Caution
        • Brake Dust Caution
        • Brake Fluid Irritant Caution
        • Brake Pipe Replacement Caution
        • Breathing R-134a Caution
        • Clutch Dust Caution
        • Eye Protection Caution
        • Firm Brake Pedal Caution
        • Fuel and EVAP Pipe Caution
        • Fuel Gage Leak Caution
        • Fuel Pipe Fitting Caution
        • Fuel Rail Stop Bracket Installation Caution
        • Fuel Storage Caution
        • Fuel Vapors in Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Components Caution
        • Gasoline/Gasoline Vapors Caution
        • Glass and Sheet Metal Handling Caution
        • Halogen Bulb Caution
        • Lower O-Ring Removal Caution
        • Moving Parts and Hot Surfaces Caution
        • Prevent Accidental Deployment of the Head Restraint Retractor Assembly Caution
        • Relieving Fuel Pressure Caution
        • Road Test Caution
        • Safety Glasses Caution
        • Safety Glasses and Compressed Air Caution
        • Safety Goggles and Fuel Caution
        • Servicing the SIR System Caution
        • SIR Caution
        • SIR Deployed Inflator Modules Are Hot Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Coil Caution
        • SIR Inflatable Module Deployment Outside Vehicle Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Disposal Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Handling and Storage Caution
        • SIR Special Tool Caution
        • Sudden Release of Pressure in the Air Suspension System Caution
        • Vehicle Lifting Caution
        • Window Retention Caution
        • Work Stall Test Caution
        • Anti-Corrosion Materials Notice
        • Belt Dressing Notice
        • Brake Caliper Notice
        • Brake Fluid Effects on Paint and Electrical Components Notice
        • Clean, Dry, Low Pressure Gas Source Notice
        • Clearcoat/Ultraviolet Screeners Notice
        • Component Fastener Tightening Notice
        • Damage to Fuel Tank Straps Notice
        • Differential Housing Cover and Gasket Removal Notice
        • Emission Modification Notice
        • Engine Emission Notice
        • Engine Lifting Notice
        • Engine Mounting Notice
        • Excessive Force and Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Fastener Notice
        • Fuel and Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hose/Pipe Connection Cleaning Notice
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test Notice
        • Fuel Pressure Notice
        • Fuel Tank Strap Fastener Notice
        • Handling Electronic Throttle Control Notice
        • Handling ESD Sensitive Parts Notice
        • Handling IAC Valve Notice
        • Heated Oxygen and Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Resistance Learn Reset Notice
        • Ignition OFF When Disconnecting Battery Notice
        • Ignition Switch and PCM Connectors Notice
        • Installing Hoses without Twists or Bends Notice
        • Latched DTC B1018, B1024 Notice (SDM-RSD)
        • Liftgate Assist Rod Notice
        • OBDII Symbol Description Notice
        • PCM and ESD Notice
        • Pinion Flange/Yoke Installation Notice
        • Pipe Wrench Positioning Notice
        • Power Steering Hose Disconnected Notice
        • Ring Gear Removal Notice
        • Sealant Notice
        • Service Programming System (SPS) Notice
        • Silicon Contamination of Heated Oxygen Sensors Notice
        • Single Cylinder Flooding Notice
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Damage Notice
        • Steering Wheel in the Full Turn Position Notice
        • Test Lamp to Ignition Control Module Circuit Connector Notice
        • Test Probe Notice
        • Transfer Case Seal Removal Notice
    • Engine Controls - Strategy Based Engine Diagnosis
      • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle Identification
        • VIN Derivative
        • Label - Vehicle Certification (w/RPO Z49)
          • Vehicle Certification Label - Complete
          • Vehicle Certification Label - Incomplete
        • Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (360 Engine and Transmission Usage)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (370 Engine and Transmission Usage)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Transfer Case Identification
        • Axle Identification - Front
        • Axle Identification - Rear
        • Labeling - Anti-Theft
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
              • Notes
              • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Key Identification and Usage
          • Cutting Keys
          • Replacement Lock Cylinders
          • Lock Cylinder Tumbler Operation
          • Assembling and Coding Ignition Lock Cylinders
          • Side Door Lock Cylinder Coding
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Gm Vehicles Cautions & Notices
      • Cautions & Notices
        • Definition Of Caution, Notice, & Important
          • Notes
          • CAUTION Defined
          • NOTICE Defined
          • IMPORTANT Defined
        • Abs Component Handling Caution
        • Actions To Take When Working With Fuel Caution
        • Approved Equipment For Collision Repair Caution
        • Assistant Driving Caution
        • Batteries Produce Explosive Gases Caution
        • Battery Disconnect Caution
        • Brake Dust Caution
        • Brake Fluid Irritant Caution
        • Brake Pipe Replacement Caution
        • Breathing R-134A Caution
        • Cleaning Solvent Caution
        • Clutch Dust Caution
        • Defroster Outlet Caution
        • Door Outer Panel Replacement Caution
        • Electric Coolant Fan Caution
        • Express Window Down Caution
        • Eye Protection Caution
        • Foam Sound DEADENERS Caution
        • Floor Jack Caution
        • Fuel & EVAP Pipe Caution
        • Fuel Gage Leak Caution
        • Fuel Pipe Fitting Caution
        • Fuel Rail Stop Bracket Installation Caution
        • Fuel Storage Caution
        • Fuel Vapors In Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Components Caution
        • Gasoline/Gasoline Vapors Caution
        • Glass & Sheet Metal Handling Caution
        • Halogen Bulb Caution
        • Hood Hold-Open Device Caution
        • Hot Exhaust System Caution
        • Lower O-Ring Removal Caution
        • Moving Parts & Hot Surfaces Caution
        • Protective Goggles & Glove Caution
        • Radiator Cap Removal Caution
        • Relieving Fuel Pressure Caution
        • Replacement Carpet Caution
        • Road Test Caution
        • Safety Glasses Caution
        • Safety Glasses & Compressed Air Caution
        • Safety Goggles & Fuel Caution
        • Servicing The Sir System Caution
        • Sir Caution
        • Sir Deployed Inflator Modules Are Hot Caution
        • Sir Handling Caution
        • Sir Inflator Module Coil Caution
        • Sir Inflatable Module Deployment Outside Vehicle Caution
        • Sir Inflator Module Disposal Caution
        • Sir Inflator Module Handling & Storage Caution
        • Sir Special Tool Caution
        • Tilt Spring Caution
        • Valve Springs Can Be Tightly Compressed Caution
        • Vehicle Lifting Caution
        • Window Retention Caution
        • Work Stall Test Caution
        • Air In The Power Steering System Notice
        • Anti-Corrosion Materials Notice
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Notice
        • Belt Dressing Notice
        • Brake Caliper Notice
        • Brake Caliper Supporting To Prevent Hose Damage Notice
        • Brake Fluid Effects On Paint & Electrical Components Notice
        • Clean, Dry, Low Pressure Gas Source Notice
        • CLEARCOAT/Ultraviolet Screeners Notice
        • Component Fastener Tightening Notice
        • Differential Housing Cover & Gasket Removal Notice
        • Do Not Depress Brake Pedal With Rotors/Drums Removed Notice
        • Electrical Wiring Routing Notice
        • Emission Modification Notice
        • Engine Emission Notice
        • Engine Lifting Notice
        • Engine Mounting Notice
        • Excessive Force & Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Exhaust System Inspection Notice
        • Exterior Trim Emblem Removal Notice
        • Fastener Notice
        • Flex DECOUPLER Notice
        • Fuel & Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hose/Pipe Connection Cleaning Notice
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test Notice
        • Fuel Pressure Notice
        • Fuel System Ground Notice
        • Fuel Tank Strap Fastener Notice
        • Handling Bearing Inserts Notice
        • Handling ESD Sensitive Parts Notice
        • Handling IAC Valve Notice
        • Heated Oxygen & Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Ignition Off When Disconnecting Battery Notice
        • Installing Hoses Without Twists Or Bends Notice
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Servicing Notice
        • Latched DTC B1018, B1024 Notice (SDM-RSD)
        • Liftgate Assist Rod Notice
        • Machined Surface Damage Notice
        • Nylon Fuel Lines Notice
        • OBDII System Description Notice
        • OBDII Symbol Description Notice
        • Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Pcm & ESD Notice
        • Pinion Flange/Yoke Installation Notice
        • Pipe Wrench Positioning Notice
        • Power Steering Hose Disconnected Notice
        • Properly Secured Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Pipe Notice
        • Ring Gear Removal Notice
        • Sealant Notice
        • Service Programming System (SPS) Notice
        • Servicing And Replacing Seat Belts Notice
        • Servicing The Level Sensor Notice
        • Silicon Contamination Of Heated Oxygen Sensors Notice
        • Single Cylinder Flooding Notice
        • Spark Plug Boot Removal Notice
        • Special Fastener Notice
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Damage Notice
        • Steering Gear Preload Adjustment Notice
        • Steering Wheel In The Full Turn Position Notice
        • Suspension Spring Handling Notice
        • Test Lamp To Ignition Control Module Circuit Connector Notice
        • Test Probe Notice
        • Transfer Case Seal Removal Notice
        • Valve Lifter Priming Notice
    • Vehicle DTC Information
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle
    • Vibration Symptoms Diagnosis And Correction
      • Specifications
        • Tire and Wheel Runout Specifications
        • Propeller Shaft Runout Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Vibration Diagnostic Process
          • Preliminary Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Analysis - Road Testing
          • Test Description
        • Component Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Tire and Wheel Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Propeller Shaft Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Component Rotational Speed Worksheet
        • Vibration Analysis - Tire and Wheel
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Driveline
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Hub and/or Axle Input
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine
          • Test Description
        • Engine Order Classification
          • Engine First Order Classification
          • Engine Firing Frequency Classification
          • Other Engine Order Classification
          • Engine Driven Accessories Related to Engine Order
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine/Accessory Isolation
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine Balance
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Intermittent or Not Duplicated
          • Notes
          • Specific Conditions Can Affect the Condition
          • Temperature, Ground-Out, Accessory Load
            • Flat Spots on Tires
            • Irregular Wear on Tire Treads
            • Exhaust System Growth
          • Vehicle Payload
            • Notes
            • Heavy Payload
            • Trailer Towing
          • Roadway Selection
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Component Not Identified
          • Notes
          • Aftermarket Add-On Accessories
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Difficult to Isolate/Balance Component
          • Notes
          • Driveline Torque-Load Conditions
          • Difficult to System Balance the Driveline
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Appears to Be Potential Operating Characteristic
          • Notes
          • Check Service Bulletins
        • Symptoms - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Symptom Tables
        • Vehicle-to-Vehicle Diagnostic Comparison
        • Tire and Wheel Inspection
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - On-Vehicle
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - Off-Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Wheel Runout Measurement - Tire Dismounted
        • Brake Rotor/Drum Balance Inspection
        • Hub/Axle Flange and Wheel Stud Runout Inspection
          • Notes
          • Inspection
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Isolation Test
          • Force Variation
          • Radial Force Variation
          • Lateral Force Runout
          • Isolation Test Procedure
        • Vibration in Service-Stall Test (Non-Torque Sensitive)
        • Vibration in Service-Stall Test (Torque Sensitive)
        • Propeller Shaft Runout Measurement (One-Piece)
        • Pinion Flange Runout Measurement (System Balanced Flange)
        • Driveline Working Angles Measurement
          • Notes
          • Measurement Procedure
        • Propeller Shaft Phasing Inspection
          • Notes
          • Inspection
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - Off-Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration Test
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing Guidelines
            • Notes
            • Static Balance
            • Dynamic Balance
          • Balancing Procedure
          • Wheel Weight Usage
            • Notes
            • Clip-on Weights
              • Notes
              • Wheel Weight Placement - Clip-on Weights
            • Adhesive Weights
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - On-Vehicle
        • Tire-to-Wheel Match-Mounting (Vectoring)
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly-to-Hub/Axle Flange Match-Mounting
        • Driveline System Balance Adjustment (Using EVA)
          • Notes
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Driveline Working Angles Adjustment
          • Notes
          • Transmission Shims
        • Propeller Shaft Phasing Correction
          • One Piece Propeller Shaft Phasing Correction
          • Multiple-Piece Propeller Shaft Phasing Correction
      • Description and Operation
        • Vibration Theory and Terminology
          • Vibration Theory
          • Basic Vibration Terminology
          • Cycle
          • Frequency
          • Amplitude
          • Free Vibration
          • Forced Vibration
          • Centrifugal Force Due to an Imbalance
          • Natural or Resonant Frequency
          • Resonance
          • Damping
          • Beating (Phasing)
          • Order
        • Electronic Vibration Analyzer (EVA) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • EVA Vibration Sensor
            • Notes
            • EVA Vibration Sensor Placement
          • EVA Vibration Sensor-to-Component Attachment
          • EVA Software Cartridge
          • EVA Smart Strobe Function
          • EVA Strobe Balancing Function
          • Averaging/Non-Averaging Modes
          • EVA Display
        • Vibrate Software Description and Operation
        • Reed Tachometer Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Reset Procedures
    • Maintenance & Engine Lubrication System
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Tire Inflation Pressure Specifications
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Using the Maintenance Schedule
        • Scheduled Maintenance
        • Additional Required Services
        • Maintenance Footnotes
          • Footnotes
        • Explanation of Scheduled Services
          • Notes
          • Engine Oil and Filter Change
          • Engine Oil Quality and Viscosity, Other Than The United States and Canada
            • Notes
            • Chassis Lubrication
          • Lubricating Joints that have Grease Fittings
          • Tire and Wheel Inspection and Rotation
          • Accessory Drive Belt Inspection
          • Drive Axle Service
          • Transmission Service
            • Automatic Transmission
          • Spark Plug Replacement
          • Spark Plug Wire Inspection
          • Fuel Filter Replacement
          • Air Cleaner Filter Replacement
        • GM Oil Life System - Resetting
          • Notes
          • With the Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Resetting Procedure Without Driver Information Center (DIC)
        • Owner Checks and Services
          • Notes
          • At Each Fuel Fill
            • Notes
            • Engine Oil Level
              • Notes
              • Engine Coolant Level
            • Windshield Washer Fluid Level
          • At Least Once a Month
            • Tire Inflation
          • At Least Once a Year
            • Notes
            • Park Brake and Automatic Transmission PARK (P) Mechanism Check
          • Underbody Flushing Service
    • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
          • Vehicles WITHOUT Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
          • Vehicles WITH Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
          • Notes
          • Vehicles with DIC (& Steering Wheel Controls)
          • Vehicles with DIC (& Turn Signal Lever Controls)
          • Vehicles without DIC (Some Models)
          • Reset Using Diagnostic Scan Tool (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
          • With Base Audio System
          • With Navigation System
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
          • With Base Audio System
          • Without DIC
          • With Navigation System
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
          • With Information Center Display
          • With Visual Information Center
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
          • Vehicles with Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Reminder Flag)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Warning Light)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Check Engine Light)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
          • Federal Emissions
          • California Emissions
      • Diesel Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Maintenance Service Reminder
        • Notes
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
      • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Message Reset
      • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
          • Notes
          • Resetting With Base Audio System
          • Resetting With Navigation System
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
      • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
        • Notes
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
          • Notes
          • Using Exterior Lamp Switch
          • Using RDS Radio, If Equipped
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
          • Notes
          • Using DIC Reset Button
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
          • Notes
          • Using DIC Reset Button
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
          • Using Reset Button (1999-05 Models)
          • Using Scan Tool (2003-05 Models)
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
          • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-52545 (Preferred)
          • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-50448 (Alternative)
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
  • Restraints
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System - Deactivation Procedures
      • Special Care During Mechanical Repairs
      • System Operation Check
        • Notes
        • Pickups With Passenger Air Bag
        • All Models Except Pickups With Passenger Air Bag
        • Vehicles With Passenger Presence System
      • Service Precautions
      • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
        • Notes
        • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint Disabling & Enabling Zones
        • ALERO, Grand Am & MALIBU
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Astro & Safari
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Aurora, BONNEVILLE, LESABRE & Park Avenue
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Avalanche, Escalade, Escalade ESV, Escalade Ext, Sierra, SILVERADO, Suburban, TAHOE, YUKON & YUKON XL
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • AVEO
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • AZTEK & Rendezvous
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Blazer, Canyon, Colorado, Jimmy, S10 Pickup & SONOMA
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • BRAVADA, Envoy, Envoy XUV, Trailblazer, & Rainier
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Cavalier & SUNFIRE
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Century, Grand PRIX & Regal
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Classic
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Corvette
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • DEVILLE
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Express & SAVANA
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • GTO
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Impala & Monte CARLO
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • MONTANA, Silhouette & Venture
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • SEVILLE
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • SRX
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Tracker
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • XLR
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System Component Inspection & Replacement Tables.
      • General Motors (1988-04)
  • RPO Codes
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle Identification
        • VIN Derivative
        • Label - Vehicle Certification (w/RPO Z49)
          • Vehicle Certification Label - Complete
          • Vehicle Certification Label - Incomplete
        • Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (360 Engine and Transmission Usage)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (370 Engine and Transmission Usage)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Transfer Case Identification
        • Axle Identification - Front
        • Axle Identification - Rear
        • Labeling - Anti-Theft
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
              • Notes
              • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Key Identification and Usage
          • Cutting Keys
          • Replacement Lock Cylinders
          • Lock Cylinder Tumbler Operation
          • Assembling and Coding Ignition Lock Cylinders
          • Side Door Lock Cylinder Coding
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Specifications Index
    • Common Specs & Procedures
      • Air Conditioning
        • Automatic System
          • Auto A/C Service Specifications
          • Auto A/C Torque Specifications
        • Manual System
          • Manual A/C Service Specifications
          • Manual A/C Torque Specifications
      • Axle Nut/Hub Nut
      • Battery
        • Battery Service Specifications
        • Battery Service Torque Specifications
      • Brakes
        • Bleeding Sequence
        • Disc Brakes
          • Disc Brakes Service Specifications
          • Disc Brakes Torque Specifications
      • Charging System
        • Generator
          • Generator Service Specifications
          • Generator Torque Specifications
      • Drive Belts
        • Adjustment
          • Adjustment Specifications
        • Drive Belt Routing
          • Routing Illustrations
      • Engine Cooling
        • Service
          • Engine Cooling Torque Specifications
        • Radiator Cap Pressure
        • Thermostat Removal & Installation
        • Water Pump Removal & Installation
      • Engine Mechanical
        • 4.2L
          • Compression
          • Oil Pressure
          • Overhaul
          • Torque
        • 5.3L
          • Compression
          • Oil Pressure
          • Overhaul
          • Torque
      • Fluid Specifications
      • Flywheel/Flex Plate Torque
        • 4.2 L
        • 5.3 L
      • Fuel System
        • Fuel Pressure
          • Fuel System Specifications
        • Fuel Pressure Test Procedure
        • Fuel Filter
      • Ignition
        • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
        • High Tension Wires
          • High Tension Wire Resistance Specifications
        • IGNTION Timing
        • Spark Plugs
          • Spark Plug Specifications
      • Starting
        • Starter Motor
          • Starter Motor Application
          • Starter Torque Specifications
      • Wheel Alignment
        • Alignment Specifications
        • Tightening Specifications
      • Wheel & Tire
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque
  • Steering
    • Map - Steering, Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels & Tires
      • Steering & Suspension Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Wheel And Tire
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
      • Steering & Suspension CHECKSHEET
      • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
      • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
        • Notes
        • Active Handling
        • Active Suspension Control Modules
        • Active Variable Ratio Steering
        • Active Yaw Control
        • Adaptive Cruise Control
        • Advance TRAC
        • Air Bags
        • Air Ride Control Modules
        • Air Ride Suspension Torsion Springs (Counter Balancing)
        • Air Ride Suspension
        • Air Ride Tubes
        • Air Shocks And Air Struts
        • Air Spring Valves
        • Air Springs
        • Air Suspension Control Valves
        • Air Suspension DRIERS
        • Axle Acceleration Sensor
        • Ball Joints
        • Body Acceleration Sensor
        • Bushings
        • Center Links
        • Compressors
        • Continuous Damping Control
        • Control Arm Shafts
        • Control Arms
        • Control Modules
        • Distance Regulation Control Module
        • Distance Regulation Sensor
        • Drag Links
        • Dynamic Stability Control
        • Dynamic Stability Traction Control
        • Electronic Ride Control Shocks And Struts
        • Electronic Stability Control
        • Electronic Suspension System
        • Flex Couplers
        • Gaskets
        • Height Sensors
        • Hydraulic Hoses
        • Hydraulic Power Steering Pumps
        • Hydraulic Suspension Hoses
        • Hydraulic Suspension Pumps
        • Idler Arms
        • Intermediate Shaft U-Joints
        • King Pins
        • Modules
        • Pitman Arms
        • Power Steering Belts
        • Power Steering Coolers
        • Power Steering Fluid
        • Power Steering Hoses
        • Power Steering Lines (Steel)
        • Power Steering Pumps - Electric
        • Power Steering Pumps
        • Radar Sensor
        • Radius Arms
        • Relay Rods
        • Relays
        • Sensors
        • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
        • Spindles
        • Springs, Coil, Leaf And Torsion Bars
        • STABILITRAC
        • Stability Management System
        • Steering Angle Sensor
        • Steering Arms
        • Steering Couplers
        • Steering Dampers
        • Steering Gears (Except Rack And Pinion)
        • Steering Gears, Rack And Pinion
        • Steering Knuckles
        • Strike Out Bumpers
        • Strut Bearing Plate Assemblies
        • Strut Rods
        • Suspension Pumps (Hydraulic)
        • Sway Bar Links
        • Sway Bar Mounting Bushings
        • Sway Bars
        • Switches
        • Tie Rod Ends (Inner And Outer)
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
        • Tire Pressure Sensors
        • Tires
        • Torque Sensor
        • Torsion Springs
        • Track Bar Bushings
        • Track Bars
        • Trailing Arm Bushings
        • Trailing Arms
        • Valve Stems
        • Vehicle Dynamics Control
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Vehicle Stability Assist
        • Vehicle Stability/Skid Control
        • Warning Lamps
        • Wheel Alignment
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheels (Rims)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Wheel Alignment Theory & Operation - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Pre-Alignment Instructions
        • Notes
        • General Alignment Checks
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Camber
        • Caster
        • Toe-In Adjustment
        • Toe-Out On Turns
        • Steering Axis Inclination
  • Traction Control Disable Procedures
    • Traction Control Disable
  • Trouble Shooting - Manual Transmission - General Information
    • * Please Read This First *
    • Introduction
• Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
  • General Servicing
    • Cabin Air Filter (Special Applications) - General Information
      • Cabin Air Filter Applications
  • HVAC Control Systems
    • HVAC Systems - Automatic
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Sensor Resistance Table
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • HVAC Schematic Icons
        • HVAC Wiring Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • HVAC Component Views
        • HVAC Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic System Check - HVAC Systems - Automatic
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0145, B0428, or B3531: Mode/Temperature Actuator
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0150, B0433, OR B3782: Feedback Circuit Malfunction
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0159 Or B0164: Air Temperature Sensor
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0174, B0179, B0510, Or B0515: Air Temperature Sensor
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0183 Or B0188: Sunload Sensor
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0229, B0414, B0424, B3761, Or B3770: Actuator Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0248, B0263, B0268, B0408, or B0418: Actuator Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1375: Ignition 3 Voltage Input
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B2815: Switch Voltage Higher Than Normal
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0530: A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Signal Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - HVAC Systems - Automatic
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Disengage
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Always On
        • Blower Motor Inoperative
        • Blower Motor Malfunction
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Always On - Auxiliary (VIN 6 excluding Envoy XUV)
        • Blower Motor Always On - Auxiliary (VIN 3 including Envoy XUV)
        • Blower Motor Inoperative - Auxiliary (VIN 6 excluding Envoy XUV)
        • Blower Motor Inoperative - Auxiliary (VIN 3 including Envoy XUV)
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Malfunction - Auxiliary (VIN 6 excluding Envoy XUV)
        • Blower Motor Malfunction - Auxiliary (VIN 3 including Envoy XUV)
        • Too Hot in Vehicle
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Too Cold in Vehicle
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Too Hot in Vehicle - Auxiliary (VIN 3 including Envoy XUV)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Too Hot in Vehicle - Auxiliary (VIN 6 excluding Envoy XUV)
          • Test Description
        • Too Cold in Vehicle - Auxiliary (VIN 3 including Envoy XUV)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Too Cold in Vehicle - Auxiliary (VIN 6 excluding Envoy XUV)
          • Test Description
        • Air Delivery Improper
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Air Delivery Improper - Auxiliary (VIN 6 excluding Envoy XUV)
        • Air Delivery Improper - Auxiliary (VIN 3 including Envoy XUV)
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Air Recirculation Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative
        • Vacuum Control System Diagnostic
        • Ambient Air Temperature Update Procedure
        • Actuator Recalibration
          • Re-Calibrating Actuators (Primary)
          • Re-Calibrating Actuators (Auxiliary HVAC)
      • Repair Instructions
        • HVAC Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Control Module Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Auxiliary Blower Motor Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Processor Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Valve Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement - Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Upper Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Upper Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Lower Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Lower Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inside Air Temperature Sensor Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sun Load Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Air Delivery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Auxiliary HVAC Control Module-VIN 6
            • Defrost Actuator
            • Mode Actuator
            • Auxiliary Mode Actuator-VIN 6
            • Auxiliary Console Mode Actuator
            • Blower Motor Control Processor
          • Air Speed - Front Control
          • Air Speed - Auxiliary - VIN 6
          • Air Speed - Auxiliary - VIN 3
            • Notes
            • OFF Mode
            • Steering Wheel Blower Motor Switch
          • Air Distribution
            • Notes
            • Mode Actuator
            • Defrost Actuator
            • Front Defrost
          • Air Distribution - Auxiliary Control VIN 3
          • Air Distribution - Auxiliary Control VIN 6
          • Recirculation Operation
          • Automatic Operation
        • Air Temperature Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Auxiliary HVAC Control Module-VIN 6
            • Air Temperature Actuator
            • Auxiliary Air Temperature Actuator-VIN 6
            • Air Temperature Sensors
            • Sunload Sensor
            • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
            • A/C Low Pressure Switch
            • Coolant Bypass Valve
          • Heating and A/C Operation
          • Auxiliary Heating and A/C Operation
          • Automatic Operation
          • Steering Wheel Controls
          • Engine Coolant
          • A/C Cycle
          • A/C Cycle with Auxiliary
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • HVAC Systems - General Servicing
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Refrigerant System Capacities
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning
        • Leak Testing
          • Notes
          • Refrigerant Leak Testing
          • Fluorescent Leak Detector
          • Fluorescent Dye Injection
          • Halogen Leak Detector
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) System Performance Test
          • Test Description
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone A
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone B
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone C
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone D
        • Heating Performance Diagnostic (Front System only)
        • Heating Performance Diagnostic (Auxiliary System)
        • Defrosting Insufficient
        • Noise Diagnosis - Auxiliary Blower Motor
        • Noise Diagnosis - Blower Motor
        • Noise Diagnosis - Air Conditioning (A/C) System
        • Noise Diagnosis - HVAC Module
        • Odor Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Odor Correction
          • Eliminating Air Conditioning Odor
        • Refrigerant Recovery and Recharging
          • Notes
          • A/C Refrigerant System Oil Charge Replenishing
        • Flushing (Front Only System)
        • Flushing (Auxiliary System)
        • Compressor Oil Balancing
          • Draining Procedure
          • Balancing Procedure
        • Compressor Replacement (LL8)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Replacement (LM4)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Washer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • O-Ring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Hose Assembly Replacement (LL8)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Hose Assembly Replacement (LM4)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Tube Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Expansion (Orifice) Tube Replacement (Front Only System)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Expansion (Orifice) Tube Replacement (Auxiliary System)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Relay Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Low Pressure Switch Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Condenser Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accumulator Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Module Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Core Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Inlet (Front System Only)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Inlet (Auxiliary System)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Outlet (Front Only System)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Outlet (Auxiliary System)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Bypass Valve Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Relay Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Distributor Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Replacement - Instrument Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Replacement - Instrument Panel - Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Replacement - Instrument Panel - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Replacement - Rear Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Duct Replacement - Windshield
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Left Side
          • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Left Side (without JF4)
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Left Side (with JF4)
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Floor, RH
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Core Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Resistor Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Replacement - Auxiliary (Rear Auxiliary)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Replacement - Auxiliary (Front Auxiliary)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Distribution Ducts Replacement - Auxiliary (Lower)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Distribution Ducts Replacement - Auxiliary (Upper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Core Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Core Cover Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermal Expansion Valve Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Module Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Module Case Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Module Case Sump Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Module Pass Thru Seal Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Core Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Block Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater and Air Conditioning (A/C) Pipe Replacement/Repair - Auxiliary
          • Tools Required
            • Notes
            • Minimum Tube Length Required Table
          • Straight Line Repair
          • Line Sectioning Repair
        • Evaporator Drain Hose Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • HVAC Systems - Manual
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • HVAC Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • HVAC Component Views
        • HVAC Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic System Check - HVAC Systems - Manual
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0145, B0428, or B3531: Auxiliary HAVC Actuator Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0248, B0263, B0408, or B0418: HVAC Actuator Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0414, B0424, B3761, or B3770: HVAC Actuator Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1375: Device Ignition 3 (ON) Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0530: Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - HVAC Systems - Manual
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Disengage
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Always On
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Malfunction
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Always On - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6)
        • Blower Motor Inoperative - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6)
        • Blower Motor Malfunction - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6)
        • Too Hot in Vehicle
        • Too Cold in Vehicle
        • Too Hot in Vehicle - Auxiliary
          • Test Description
        • Too Cold in Vehicle - Auxiliary
          • Test Description
        • Air Delivery Improper
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Air Delivery Improper - Auxiliary (With Body Type VIN 6)
        • Air Recirculation Malfunction
        • Vacuum Control System Diagnostic
        • Re-Calibrating Actuators (Primary)
        • Re-Calibrating Actuators (Auxiliary HVAC)
      • Repair Instructions
        • HVAC Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Valve Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Control Module Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Auxiliary Blower Motor Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement - Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Air Delivery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Auxiliary HVAC Control Module
            • Defrost Actuator
            • Mode Actuator
            • Auxiliary Mode Actuator
            • Auxiliary Console Mode Actuator
          • Air Speed - Front Control
            • Notes
            • Low Blower Speed
            • Medium Blower Speeds
            • High Blower Speed
          • Air Speed - Auxiliary
          • Air Distribution
            • Notes
            • Mode Actuator
            • Defrost Actuator
            • Front Defrost
          • Air Distribution - Auxiliary Control
          • Recirculation Operation
        • Air Temperature Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Auxiliary HVAC Control Module - VIN 6
            • Air Temperature Actuator
            • Auxiliary Air Temperature Actuator - VIN 6
            • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
            • A/C Low Pressure Switch
            • Coolant Bypass Valve
          • Heating and A/C Operation
          • Auxiliary Heating and A/C Operation
          • Engine Coolant
          • A/C Cycle
          • A/C Cycle with Auxiliary
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Maintenance
  • Procedures
    • Maintenance & Engine Lubrication System
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Tire Inflation Pressure Specifications
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Using the Maintenance Schedule
        • Scheduled Maintenance
        • Additional Required Services
        • Maintenance Footnotes
          • Footnotes
        • Explanation of Scheduled Services
          • Notes
          • Engine Oil and Filter Change
          • Engine Oil Quality and Viscosity, Other Than The United States and Canada
            • Notes
            • Chassis Lubrication
          • Lubricating Joints that have Grease Fittings
          • Tire and Wheel Inspection and Rotation
          • Accessory Drive Belt Inspection
          • Drive Axle Service
          • Transmission Service
            • Automatic Transmission
          • Spark Plug Replacement
          • Spark Plug Wire Inspection
          • Fuel Filter Replacement
          • Air Cleaner Filter Replacement
        • GM Oil Life System - Resetting
          • Notes
          • With the Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Resetting Procedure Without Driver Information Center (DIC)
        • Owner Checks and Services
          • Notes
          • At Each Fuel Fill
            • Notes
            • Engine Oil Level
              • Notes
              • Engine Coolant Level
            • Windshield Washer Fluid Level
          • At Least Once a Month
            • Tire Inflation
          • At Least Once a Year
            • Notes
            • Park Brake and Automatic Transmission PARK (P) Mechanism Check
          • Underbody Flushing Service
• Restraints
  • Air Bag, SRS
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • SIR Schematic Icons
        • SIR Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • SIR Component Views
        • SIR Zone Identification Views
        • SIR Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - SIR
        • Diagnostic System Check - SIR
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0012, B0013, B0014, B0016, B0017, or B0018: Right Front/Passenger Frontal Deployment Loop Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0022, B0024, B0026, B0042, B0043, or B0044: Left Front/Driver Frontal Deployment Loop Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0028, B0029, or B0030: Right Front/Driver Side Deployment Loop Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0040, B0041, or B0045: Left Front/Driver Side Deployment Loop Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0051: Deployment Commanded
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B0053: Deployment Commanded with Loop Malfunctions Present
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B0077, B0078, B0079, B0080, B0081, or B0082: Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0100, B0101, B0102, B0103, B0104, or B0105: Electronic Frontal Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1001: Option Configuration Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - SIR
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Air Bag Indicator Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zones
      • Repair Instructions
        • SIR Service Precautions
          • Notes
          • General Service Instructions
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 1
          • Notes
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 2
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 3
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 5
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 6
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 7
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 8
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 9
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Instrument Panel Module Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
          • Notes
          • Accident With or Without Inflator Module Deployment - Component Inspections
          • Accident With Frontal Air Bag Deployment - Component Replacement and Inspections
          • Accident With Side Air Bag Deployment - Component Replacement and Inspections
          • Sensor Replacement Guidelines
        • Inflator Module Handling and Scrapping
          • General Information and Terms
          • Deployment Outside Vehicle-Steering Wheel Module, IP Module, and Side Impact Module
          • Deployment Inside Vehicle - Vehicle Scrapping Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • SIR System Description and Operation
          • SIR System Overview
          • Frontal SIR System Description
          • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM)
          • AIR BAG Indicator
          • Inflator Modules
          • Dual Stage Inflator Modules
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil
          • Inflatable Restraint Electronic Frontal Sensor (EFS)
          • Side SIR System Description (Front)
          • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS)
          • Inflatable Restraint Wiring Harness
          • Steering Column and Wheel
          • Knee Bolster
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Restraints Control Systems
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematic Icons
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connector
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator/Chime Always On
        • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator/Chime Inoperative
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Center Rear (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Center Rear (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL, Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - No. 2 Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Side Buckle Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Side Buckle Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL, Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Rear (Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 2 Left Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 2 Right Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 1 Center Rear (TrailBlazer, Envoy and Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 1 Center Rear (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL, Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Anchor Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL, Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Front Seat Belt System Operation
          • Child Seat Restraint System
          • Seat Belt System Circuit Description
  • Seat Belts
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematic Icons
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connector
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator/Chime Always On
        • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator/Chime Inoperative
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Center Rear (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Center Rear (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL, Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - No. 2 Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Side Buckle Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Side Buckle Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL, Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Rear (Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 2 Left Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 2 Right Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 1 Center Rear (TrailBlazer, Envoy and Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 1 Center Rear (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL, Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Anchor Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL, Envoy XUV)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Front Seat Belt System Operation
          • Child Seat Restraint System
          • Seat Belt System Circuit Description
• Steering
  • Manual Steering
    • Power Steering System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Power Steering Pump Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Power Steering Gear Disassembled View
        • Power Steering Pump Disassembled View (CB Series Pump)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
        • Symptoms - Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Power Steering System Test Procedure
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
        • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System (4.2L)
        • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System (5.3L)
        • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Steering Effort Hard in One or Both Directions
        • Steering Effort Too Easy in One or Both Directions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bleeding the Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Excessive Vacuum Drop Diagnosis
        • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid
        • Flushing the Power Steering System
        • Power Steering Pulley Replacement (5.3L)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pulley Replacement (4.2L)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement (5.3L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement (4.2L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Reservoir Replacement - Off Vehicle (CB Series)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Flow Control Valve Replacement - Off Vehicle (CB Series)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Outer Tie Rod End Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Cooler Replacement (4.2L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Cooler Replacement (5.3L)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Power Steering Gear Inlet and Outlet Hose Replacement (4.2L)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Inlet and Outlet Hose Replacement (5.3L)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Gear Rack Bearing Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle (Rack and Pinion)
        • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement - Off Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tie Rod Replacement - Inner
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Gear Cylinder Pipe Assemblies/O-Ring Seals Replacement - Off Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Gear Stub Shaft Seals and Bearing Replacement - Off Vehicle (Steering Gear Stub Shaft Seals)
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Steering System Description and Operation (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Power Steering System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Power Steering Pump Specifications
    • Component Locator
      • Power Steering Gear Disassembled View
      • Power Steering Pump Disassembled View (CB Series Pump)
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
      • Symptoms - Power Steering System
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms List
      • Power Steering System Test Procedure
        • Notes
        • Test Description
      • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
      • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System (4.2L)
      • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System (5.3L)
      • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System
      • Steering Effort Hard in One or Both Directions
      • Steering Effort Too Easy in One or Both Directions
    • Repair Instructions
      • Bleeding the Power Steering System
        • Notes
        • Excessive Vacuum Drop Diagnosis
      • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid
      • Flushing the Power Steering System
      • Power Steering Pulley Replacement (5.3L)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pulley Replacement (4.2L)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Replacement (5.3L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Replacement (4.2L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Bracket Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Reservoir Replacement - Off Vehicle (CB Series)
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Flow Control Valve Replacement - Off Vehicle (CB Series)
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Outer Tie Rod End Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Cooler Replacement (4.2L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Cooler Replacement (5.3L)
        • Removal
        • Installation
      • Power Steering Gear Inlet and Outlet Hose Replacement (4.2L)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Inlet and Outlet Hose Replacement (5.3L)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Gear Rack Bearing Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle (Rack and Pinion)
      • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement - Off Vehicle
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tie Rod Replacement - Inner
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Gear Cylinder Pipe Assemblies/O-Ring Seals Replacement - Off Vehicle
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Gear Stub Shaft Seals and Bearing Replacement - Off Vehicle (Steering Gear Stub Shaft Seals)
        • Tools Required
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Power Steering System Description and Operation (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Column/Ignition Lock Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Steering Column Disassembled View
      • Steering Wheel and Column Component Views
      • Steering Wheel and Column Connector
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms List
      • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
      • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
      • Lock System Does Not Unlock
      • Lock System Does Not Lock
      • Lock System Sticks in Start
      • Key Cannot Be Removed in the Off Lock Position
      • High Lock Effort
      • Noise in Steering Column
      • High Shift Effort
      • Looseness in Steering Column
    • Repair Instructions
      • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Upper
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Lower
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
      • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Switch Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Multifunction Turn Signal Switch Housing Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Spring Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tilt Lever Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Horn Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Theft Deterrent Lock Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tilt Spring Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Upper Bearing Thrust Washer
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Seal Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Jacket Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Shaft Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Wire Harness Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
    • Description and Operation
      • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Vehicle Steering
        • Vehicle Security-Some Vehicle Models
        • Driver Convenience
        • Driver Safety
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
• Suspension
  • Electronic Suspension
    • Suspension Control System - Suspension Leveling
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Suspension Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Suspension Controls Component Views
        • Suspension Controls Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Air Suspension
        • Diagnostic System Check - Air Suspension
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Displaying
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Clearing
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC 001
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC 002
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC 003
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Air Suspension
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Air Springs Do Not Inflate
        • Rear Air Springs Do Not Deflate
        • Inflator Inoperative
        • Trim Height Uneven
      • Repair Instructions
        • Air Spring Sensor Calibration
        • Air Suspension Depressurization Procedure
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Spring Leveling Sensor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Spring Compressor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflator Air Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Spring Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Suspension Air Line Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Air Suspension Description and Operation
          • Air Suspension
          • Accumulator Timer
          • Progress Timer
          • Air Suspension Sensors
          • Rear Air Springs
  • Front Suspension
    • Front Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Upper Ball Joint Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Ball Joint Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Knuckle Replacement (RWD)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Knuckle Replacement (4WD)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Upper Control Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Control Arm Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Control Arm Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Hub, Bearing, and Seal Replacement (RWD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Hub, Bearing, and Seal Replacement (4WD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Module Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock, Shock Component, and/or Spring Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Module Yoke Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Disposal
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description (Coil Spring)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension System General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Memory Steer
        • Poor Directional Stability
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Struts or Shock Absorbers On-Vehicle Testing
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection Procedure
          • Trim Height Measurements
          • Z Height Measurement
          • D Height Measurement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Rear Suspension
    • Rear Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Axle Upper Control Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Lower Control Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Tie Rod Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Brace Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Disposal
        • Coil Spring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension System General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Memory Steer
        • Poor Directional Stability
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Struts or Shock Absorbers On-Vehicle Testing
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection Procedure
          • Trim Height Measurements
          • Z Height Measurement
          • D Height Measurement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wheel Alignment
    • Wheel Alignment Specifications
      • Specifications
    • Wheel Alignment Specifications & Adjustment Procedures
      • Specifications
        • Wheel Alignment Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Measuring Wheel Alignment
        • Front Caster and Camber Adjustment
        • Front Toe Adjustment
      • Description and Operation
        • Caster Description
        • Camber Description
        • Toe Description
        • Setback Description
        • Thrust Angles Description
        • Lead/Pull Description
        • Memory Steer Description
        • Wander Description
        • Scrub Radius Description
  • Wheels & Tire System
    • Tires & Wheels
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Tire Diagnosis - Irregular or Premature Wear
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Tire Diagnosis - Waddle Complaint
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Wheel Mounting Surface Check
        • Radial Tire Lead/Pull Correction
      • Repair Instructions
        • Aluminum Wheel Porosity Repair
        • Aluminum Wheel Refinishing
          • Finish Damage Evaluation Procedure
          • Refinishing Procedure
        • Tire and Wheel Removal and Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Repair
        • Tire Mounting and Dismounting
        • Tire Rotation
        • Tire Hoist and Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description
        • Tread Wear Indicators Description
        • Metric Wheel Nuts and Bolts Description
        • Tire Inflation Description
        • Tire Chain Usage Description
        • All Seasons Tires Description
        • P-Metric Sized Tires Description
        • Replacement Wheels Description
        • Steel Wheel Repair Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Transmission
  • Automatic Trans
    • Automatic Transmission - 4L60-E/4L65-E (Introduction, Service & Replacement)
      • Specifications
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Transmission General Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
        • Torque Converter End Play Specifications
        • Range Reference
        • Shift Solenoid Valve State and Gear Ratio
        • Shift Speed
        • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Logic
        • Transmission Range Switch Logic
        • Line Pressure
        • Component Resistance
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Transmission Schematic Icons
        • Automatic Transmission Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Disassembled Views
        • Component Location
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector
        • Automatic Transmission Internal Connectors
        • Automatic Transmission Related Connectors
      • Repair Instructions
        • Floor Shift Control Knob Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Range Selector Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Range Selector Cable Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Range Selector Cable Adjustment
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Floor Shift Control Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Adjustment
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid/Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Hose/Pipe Replacement (Body Vin Code 3 LL8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Hose/Pipe Replacement (Body Vin Code 6 LL8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Hose/Pipe Replacement (Body Vin Code 6 LM4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Line Quick Connect Fitting
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 2-4 Servo
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pressure Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Tube and Seal Replacement (LM4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Tube and Seal Replacement (LL8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heat Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manual Shift Shaft Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Body and Pressure Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Control and Shift Solenoids Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation (TCC PWM) Solenoid, TCC Solenoid, and Wiring Harness
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accumulator Assembly, Spacer Plate, and Gaskets
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Extension Housing Rear Oil Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Extension Housing Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Replacement (4.2L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Replacement (5.3L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Spacer - Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Replacement (LM4)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Replacement (LL8)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Transmission General Information
          • How to Use This Section
          • Basic Knowledge
          • Diagnosis
        • Definitions and Abbreviations
          • Throttle Positions
          • Shift Condition Definitions
          • Noise Conditions
          • Transmission Abbreviations
        • Transmission Identification Information
        • Transmission Component and System Description
        • Transmission Adaptive Functions
          • Notes
          • Clearing Transmission Adaptive Pressure (TAP)
        • Transmission Indicators and Messages
        • Electronic Component Description
          • 1-2 and 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valves
          • 3-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Assembly
          • Transmission Pressure Control Solenoid
          • Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation Solenoid Valve
          • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor Assembly
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor
          • Transmission Range Switch
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Automatic Transmission - 4L60-E/4L65-E - Overhaul
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
        • End Play Specifications
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Spacer Plate Selection
        • Forward Clutch Backing Plate Selection
        • Third and Fourth Clutch Backing Plate Selection
        • Reverse Input Clutch Backing Plate Selection
        • Oil Pump Rotor and Slide Measurement
        • Secondary Fluid Pump Assembly Specifications (M33 Only)
        • Torque Converter End Play Inspection
        • 2-4 Servo Pin Selection
      • Component Locator
        • Disassembled Views
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Component Location
        • Torque Converter Housing Identification
        • Transmission Fluid Pan Identification
        • Case Extension Identification
      • Repair Instructions
        • Do Not Use Air Tools
        • Holding Fixture Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Converter Assembly Removal
        • Drain Oil
        • Converter Housing Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • 2-4 Servo Cover and Assembly Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • 2-4 Servo Pin Length Check
          • Tools Required
          • Checking Procedure
        • Speed Sensor and Case Extension Removal (2WD Truck/Utility/Van Only )
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Pan and Filter Assembly Removal
        • Secondary Fluid Pump Assembly Removal (M33 Model Only)
        • Valve Body and Wiring Harness Removal
        • Turbine Shaft O-Ring Removal
        • Transmission End Play Check
        • Oil Pump Removal
        • 2-4 Band, Input Clutches, Input Gear Set Removal
        • Reaction Gear Set Removal
        • Output Shaft, Reaction Gear, Low/Rev Clutch Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Inner Manual Linkage Removal
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Piston Removal
        • Case Assembly Inspection
        • Retainer and Ball Assembly Leak Check
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Third Accumulator Retainer and Ball Replacement
        • Case Bushing
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manual Shaft Seal Installation
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Piston Installation
        • Inner Manual Linkage Installation
        • Reaction Gear and Carrier Inspection
        • Reaction Gear and Carrier Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Spacer Plate Selection
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Plates Installation
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Support Disassemble
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Support Installation
        • Reaction Sun Gear Installation
        • Reaction Carrier Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Input Internal Gear, Reaction Shaft and Shell Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Internal Transmission Speed Sensor Rotor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Output Shaft Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Input Carrier Inspection
        • Input Sun Gear Bushings Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Input Carrier Inspection and Installation
        • Input Clutch Assembly Disassemble
          • Removal Procedure
        • Input Housing and Shaft Assembly Inspection
        • Input Housing and Shaft Assembly Assemble
        • Input Housing to Output Shaft Seal Installation
        • Overrun Clutch Installation
        • Forward Clutch Sprag Disassemble
        • Forward Clutch Sprag Assemble
        • Forward Clutch Assembly Assemble
        • Forward Clutch Piston Travel Check
        • 3-4 Clutch Assemble
        • 3-4 Clutch Plate Travel Check
        • Clutch Air Check
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Turbine Shaft Seals Installation
        • Reverse Input Clutch Disassemble
        • Reverse Input Clutch Bushing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reverse Input Clutch Assemble
        • Reverse Input Clutch Plate Travel Check
        • Reverse Input and Input Clutches Installation
        • 2-4 Band Assembly Installation
        • Oil Pump Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Body Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Rotor and Slide Measurement
        • Oil Pump Body Bushing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
        • Oil Pump Body Assemble
        • Oil Pump Cover Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Stator Shaft Bushing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump Cover Assemble
        • Oil Pump Cover and Body Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Oil Pump Assembly Installation
        • Converter Housing Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turbine Shaft O-Ring Installation
        • Control Valve Body Disassemble
        • Control Valve Body Assemble
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 3-4 Accumulator Installation
        • 1-2 Accumulator Disassemble
        • 1-2 Accumulator Assemble
        • 1-2 Accumulator Installation
        • Control Valve Body Installation
        • Manual Detent Spring Installation
        • Secondary Fluid Pump Assembly Installation (M33 Model Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Filter Assembly Installation
        • Secondary Fluid Pump Filter Replacement (M33 Model Only)
        • Transmission Oil Pan Installation
        • 2-4 Servo Disassemble
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • 2-4 Servo Assembly Installation
        • Case Extension Bushing Replacement (2WD Truck/Utility/Van Only )
        • Speed Sensor and Case Extension Installation (2WD Applications Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Converter End Play Inspection
        • Torque Converter Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Holding Fixture Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Transmission ID Information
        • Automatic Transmission Hydraulic Diagrams
          • Park - Engine Running
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve
            • Pressure Relief Valve
            • Line Pressure Tap
            • Actuator Feed Limit Valve
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC)
              • Torque Converter Clutch PWM Solenoid and Regulator Apply and Isolator Valve
            • TCC Solenoid Valve
            • Converter Clutch Valve
            • Torque Converter
            • Cooler and Lubrication System
            • Manual Valve
            • Lo and Reverse Clutch Applies
              • Lo and Reverse Clutch Piston
            • Lo Overrun Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • Shift Solenoid Valves (1-2 and 2-3)
            • Shift Valves (1-2, 2-3 and 3-4)
          • Reverse
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Lo and Reverse Clutch
            • Reverse Input Checkball (#3)
            • Reverse Abuse Valve
            • Boost Valve
            • Reverse Input Clutch Piston
            • Reverse Input Air Bleed Checkball
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • Shift Solenoid Valves (1-2 and 2-3)
            • Shift Valves (1-2, 2-3 and 3-4)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
          • Neutral - Engine Running
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Lo and Reverse Clutch Releases
              • Lo and Reverse Clutch Piston
            • Lo Overrun Valve
            • Reverse Input Cutch Releases
              • Reverse Input Clutch Piston
            • Reverse Abuse Valve
            • Boost Valve
            • Reverse Input Checkball (#3)
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Forward Clutch Accumulator Checkball (#12)
            • Forward Clutch Accumulator Piston
            • Forward Clutch Abuse Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • Accumulator Valve
            • Rear Lube (All Except Y-Car)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
            • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch PWM Solenoid Valve
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear
            • Notes
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Checkball (#8)
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 1-2 Accumulator
            • Accumulator Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 3-4 Relay Valve and 4-3 Sequence Valve
            • 3-2 Downshift Valve
            • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve
            • 3-2 Control Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • Overrun Clutch Applied - M33 Only
            • Control Valve Body Ball Check Valve - M33 Only
            • Torque Converter Clutch
              • TCC Solenoid Valve
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear
            • Notes
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 3-4 Clutch Exhaust Checkball (#4)
            • 3-4 Clutch Piston
            • 3rd Accumulator Checkball (#2)
            • 3rd Accumulator Exhaust Checkball (#7)
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 3-2 Downshift Valve
            • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve and 3-2 Control Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve and 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • Overrun Clutch Applied - M33 Only
            • Control Valve Body Ball Check Valve - M33 Only
            • Torque Converter Clutch
              • TCC Solenoid Valve
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Applied
            • Notes
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Relay Valve and 4-3 Sequence Valve
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 3-4 Accumulator Assembly
            • 3-4 Accumulator Checkball (#1)
            • Accumulator Valve
            • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve and 3-2 Control Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch Applies
              • TCC Solenoid Valve
            • Converter Clutch Apply Valve
            • Torque Converter
            • TCC Apply Checkball (#9)
            • TCC PWM Solenoid Valve
          • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift
            • Notes
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Relay Valve and 4-3 Sequence Valve
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 3-4 Accumulator Assembly
            • 3-4 Accumulator Checkball (#1)
            • Accumulator Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve
              • TCC PWM Solenoid Valve
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
          • Overdrive Range, 3-2 Downshift
            • Notes
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 3-4 Clutch Releases and 2-4 Band Applies
              • 3-4 Clutch Piston
            • 3-4 Clutch Exhaust Checkball (#4)
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 3-2 Downshift Valve and 1-2 Upshift Checkball (#8)
            • Downshift Timing and Control
            • 3rd Accumulator Checkball (#2)
            • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve and 3-2 Control Valve
            • 3rd Accumulator Exhaust Checkball (#7)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
          • Manual Third Gear
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • Overrun Clutch Feed Checkball (#5)
            • Overrun Clutch Control Checkball (#6)
            • 3-4 Relay Valve and 4-3 Sequence Valve
            • Overrun Clutch Piston
            • Overrun Clutch Air Bleed Checkball
            • Overrun Clutch Applied - M33 Only
            • Control Valve Body Ball Check Valve - M33 Only
            • Torque Converter Clutch and Torque Converter Clutch PWM Solenoid Valve
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
            • Manual Third - First and Second Gears: Overrun Clutch Released
          • Manual Second Gear
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • First Gear Prevented
            • Overrun Clutch Feed Checkball (#5)
            • Overrun Clutch Piston
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
          • Manual First Gear
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 2-4 Band Releases
              • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 1-2 Accumulator Assembly
            • Accumulator Valve
            • 1-2 Upshift Checkball (#8)
            • Lo and Reverse Clutch Applies
              • Lo Overrun Valve
            • Lo and Reverse Piston
            • Overrun Clutch Applied
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
            • 3-2 Downshift Control Solenoid Valve and the 3-2 Control Valve
        • Fluid Passages
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools (Unit Repair)
    • Automatic Transmission Hydraulic Diagrams - 4L60-E/4L65-E
      • Automatic Transmission System Hydraulic Diagrams
    • Automatic Transmission, 4L60-E/4L65-E (Diagnostic Information & Procedures)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission
          • Notes
          • Symptoms
        • Diagnostic System Check - Automatic Transmission
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List (4.2L)
        • Scan Tool Data List (5.3L)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions (4.2L)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions (5.3L)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Notes
          • Type A
          • Type B
          • Type C
          • Type X
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List/Type
    • Automatic Transmission, 4L60-E/4L65-E (Troubleshooting)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission
        • Range Selector Displays Incorrect Range (4.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Range Selector Displays Incorrect Range (5.3L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure
        • Line Pressure Check Procedure
        • Road Test Procedure
          • Notes
          • Electrical Function Check
          • Upshift Control and Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply
          • Part Throttle Detent Downshift
          • Full Throttle Detent Downshift
          • Manual Downshifts
          • Coasting Downshifts
          • Manual Gear Range Selection
        • Torque Converter Diagnosis Procedure
          • Notes
          • Torque Converter Stator
          • Poor Acceleration at Low Speed
          • Poor Acceleration at High Speed
          • Noise
          • Torque Converter Clutch Shudder
          • If Shudder Occurs During TCC Apply or Release
          • If Shudder Occurs After TCC has Applied
        • Flexplate/Torque Converter Vibration Test
          • Isolating Vibration
          • Indexing Torque Converter
        • Noise and Vibration Analysis
        • Clutch Plate Diagnosis
          • Composition Plates
          • Steel Plates
          • Causes of Burned Clutch Plates
        • Engine Coolant/Water in Transmission
        • Fluid Leak Diagnosis
          • General Method
          • Powder Method
          • Dye and Black Light Method
          • Find the Cause of the Leak
          • Possible Points of Fluid Leaks
        • Case Porosity Repair
        • Shift Solenoid Leak Test
        • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Flushing and Flow Test (J 45096)
          • Notes
          • Cooler Flow Check and Flushing Steps
          • Tools Required
          • Machine Set-up
          • Determine Minimum Flow Rate
          • Back Flush Procedure
          • Forward Flush
          • Flow Test
          • Code Recording Procedure
          • Clean-Up
        • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Flushing and Flow Test (J 35944-A)
          • Notes
          • Preparation
          • Back Flush
          • Forward Flush
          • Flow Test
          • Clean-up
        • Transmission Overheats
        • Oil Pressure High or Low
        • Harsh Shifts
        • Inaccurate Shift Points
        • First Gear Range Only - No Upshift
        • Slips in First Gear
        • Slipping or Harsh 1-2 Shift
        • No 2-3 Shift or 2-3 Shift Slips, Rough or Hunting
        • Second/Third Gear Only or First/Fourth Gears Only
        • No First or Second Gear/No Third or Fourth Gear
        • No Second Gear, No Fourth Gear, and No Reverse Gear
        • Third Gear Only
        • 3-2 Flare or Tie-Up
        • No 3-4 Shift, Slips or Rough 3-4 Shift
        • No Reverse or Slips in Reverse
        • No Part Throttle or Delayed Downshifts
        • Harsh Garage Shift
        • No Overrun Braking - Manual 3-2-1
        • No Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply (300 RPM Slip)
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Shudder
        • No Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Release
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Slip - 100 RPM Slip
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Slip with Stall/Stumble
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Intermittent - OK Cold/Slips Hot
        • No Fourth Gear, or Slips in Fourth Gear
        • Slip/Flare in Any Gear
        • No Third Gear
        • Drives in Neutral
        • Second Gear Start
        • No Park
        • Oil Out the Vent
        • Vibration in Reverse and Whining Noise in Park
        • Ratcheting Noise
        • Popping Noise
        • Whine Noise Varying with RPM or Fluid Pressure
        • Buzz Noise or High Frequency Rattle Sound
        • Noise in Random Ranges
        • No Drive in All Ranges
        • No Drive in Drive Range
        • Shift Lever Indicates Wrong Gear
        • No Gear Selection
        • Engine Starts in Gear
        • Delay in Drive and Reverse
        • Lack of Power or Hesitation
    • Automatic Transmission, 4L60-E/4L65-E Diagnosis (DTC P0218 To DTC P0748 - 4.2L)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC P0218 (4.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0218 (5.3L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0502 (4.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0502 (5.3L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0503 (4.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0503 (5.3L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0705 (4.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0706 (5.3L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0711 (4.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0711 (5.3L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0712 (4.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0712 (5.3L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0713 (4.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0713 (5.3L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0719 (4.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0719 (5.3L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0724 (4.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0724 (5.3L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0740 (4.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0740 (5.3L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0741 (4.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0741 (5.3L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0742 (4.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0742 (5.3L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0748 (4.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
    • Shift Interlock System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Component Views
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
        • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Park Lock Solenoid Inoperative
        • Shift Lever Does Not Move with Brake Pedal Depressed
        • Shift Lever Can Be Moved without Brake Pedal Depressed
      • Repair Instructions
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Description and Operation
          • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control System
          • Park Lock Solenoid
  • Hydraulic Diagrams
    • Automatic Transmission - 4L60-E/4L65-E - Overhaul
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
        • End Play Specifications
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Spacer Plate Selection
        • Forward Clutch Backing Plate Selection
        • Third and Fourth Clutch Backing Plate Selection
        • Reverse Input Clutch Backing Plate Selection
        • Oil Pump Rotor and Slide Measurement
        • Secondary Fluid Pump Assembly Specifications (M33 Only)
        • Torque Converter End Play Inspection
        • 2-4 Servo Pin Selection
      • Component Locator
        • Disassembled Views
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Component Location
        • Torque Converter Housing Identification
        • Transmission Fluid Pan Identification
        • Case Extension Identification
      • Repair Instructions
        • Do Not Use Air Tools
        • Holding Fixture Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Converter Assembly Removal
        • Drain Oil
        • Converter Housing Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • 2-4 Servo Cover and Assembly Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • 2-4 Servo Pin Length Check
          • Tools Required
          • Checking Procedure
        • Speed Sensor and Case Extension Removal (2WD Truck/Utility/Van Only )
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Pan and Filter Assembly Removal
        • Secondary Fluid Pump Assembly Removal (M33 Model Only)
        • Valve Body and Wiring Harness Removal
        • Turbine Shaft O-Ring Removal
        • Transmission End Play Check
        • Oil Pump Removal
        • 2-4 Band, Input Clutches, Input Gear Set Removal
        • Reaction Gear Set Removal
        • Output Shaft, Reaction Gear, Low/Rev Clutch Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Inner Manual Linkage Removal
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Piston Removal
        • Case Assembly Inspection
        • Retainer and Ball Assembly Leak Check
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Third Accumulator Retainer and Ball Replacement
        • Case Bushing
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manual Shaft Seal Installation
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Piston Installation
        • Inner Manual Linkage Installation
        • Reaction Gear and Carrier Inspection
        • Reaction Gear and Carrier Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Spacer Plate Selection
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Plates Installation
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Support Disassemble
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Support Installation
        • Reaction Sun Gear Installation
        • Reaction Carrier Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Input Internal Gear, Reaction Shaft and Shell Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Internal Transmission Speed Sensor Rotor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Output Shaft Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Input Carrier Inspection
        • Input Sun Gear Bushings Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Input Carrier Inspection and Installation
        • Input Clutch Assembly Disassemble
          • Removal Procedure
        • Input Housing and Shaft Assembly Inspection
        • Input Housing and Shaft Assembly Assemble
        • Input Housing to Output Shaft Seal Installation
        • Overrun Clutch Installation
        • Forward Clutch Sprag Disassemble
        • Forward Clutch Sprag Assemble
        • Forward Clutch Assembly Assemble
        • Forward Clutch Piston Travel Check
        • 3-4 Clutch Assemble
        • 3-4 Clutch Plate Travel Check
        • Clutch Air Check
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Turbine Shaft Seals Installation
        • Reverse Input Clutch Disassemble
        • Reverse Input Clutch Bushing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reverse Input Clutch Assemble
        • Reverse Input Clutch Plate Travel Check
        • Reverse Input and Input Clutches Installation
        • 2-4 Band Assembly Installation
        • Oil Pump Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Body Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Rotor and Slide Measurement
        • Oil Pump Body Bushing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
        • Oil Pump Body Assemble
        • Oil Pump Cover Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Stator Shaft Bushing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump Cover Assemble
        • Oil Pump Cover and Body Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Oil Pump Assembly Installation
        • Converter Housing Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turbine Shaft O-Ring Installation
        • Control Valve Body Disassemble
        • Control Valve Body Assemble
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 3-4 Accumulator Installation
        • 1-2 Accumulator Disassemble
        • 1-2 Accumulator Assemble
        • 1-2 Accumulator Installation
        • Control Valve Body Installation
        • Manual Detent Spring Installation
        • Secondary Fluid Pump Assembly Installation (M33 Model Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Filter Assembly Installation
        • Secondary Fluid Pump Filter Replacement (M33 Model Only)
        • Transmission Oil Pan Installation
        • 2-4 Servo Disassemble
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • 2-4 Servo Assembly Installation
        • Case Extension Bushing Replacement (2WD Truck/Utility/Van Only )
        • Speed Sensor and Case Extension Installation (2WD Applications Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Converter End Play Inspection
        • Torque Converter Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Holding Fixture Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Transmission ID Information
        • Automatic Transmission Hydraulic Diagrams
          • Park - Engine Running
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve
            • Pressure Relief Valve
            • Line Pressure Tap
            • Actuator Feed Limit Valve
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC)
              • Torque Converter Clutch PWM Solenoid and Regulator Apply and Isolator Valve
            • TCC Solenoid Valve
            • Converter Clutch Valve
            • Torque Converter
            • Cooler and Lubrication System
            • Manual Valve
            • Lo and Reverse Clutch Applies
              • Lo and Reverse Clutch Piston
            • Lo Overrun Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • Shift Solenoid Valves (1-2 and 2-3)
            • Shift Valves (1-2, 2-3 and 3-4)
          • Reverse
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Lo and Reverse Clutch
            • Reverse Input Checkball (#3)
            • Reverse Abuse Valve
            • Boost Valve
            • Reverse Input Clutch Piston
            • Reverse Input Air Bleed Checkball
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • Shift Solenoid Valves (1-2 and 2-3)
            • Shift Valves (1-2, 2-3 and 3-4)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
          • Neutral - Engine Running
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Lo and Reverse Clutch Releases
              • Lo and Reverse Clutch Piston
            • Lo Overrun Valve
            • Reverse Input Cutch Releases
              • Reverse Input Clutch Piston
            • Reverse Abuse Valve
            • Boost Valve
            • Reverse Input Checkball (#3)
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Forward Clutch Accumulator Checkball (#12)
            • Forward Clutch Accumulator Piston
            • Forward Clutch Abuse Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • Accumulator Valve
            • Rear Lube (All Except Y-Car)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
            • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch PWM Solenoid Valve
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear
            • Notes
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Checkball (#8)
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 1-2 Accumulator
            • Accumulator Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 3-4 Relay Valve and 4-3 Sequence Valve
            • 3-2 Downshift Valve
            • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve
            • 3-2 Control Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • Overrun Clutch Applied - M33 Only
            • Control Valve Body Ball Check Valve - M33 Only
            • Torque Converter Clutch
              • TCC Solenoid Valve
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear
            • Notes
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 3-4 Clutch Exhaust Checkball (#4)
            • 3-4 Clutch Piston
            • 3rd Accumulator Checkball (#2)
            • 3rd Accumulator Exhaust Checkball (#7)
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 3-2 Downshift Valve
            • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve and 3-2 Control Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve and 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • Overrun Clutch Applied - M33 Only
            • Control Valve Body Ball Check Valve - M33 Only
            • Torque Converter Clutch
              • TCC Solenoid Valve
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Applied
            • Notes
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Relay Valve and 4-3 Sequence Valve
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 3-4 Accumulator Assembly
            • 3-4 Accumulator Checkball (#1)
            • Accumulator Valve
            • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve and 3-2 Control Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch Applies
              • TCC Solenoid Valve
            • Converter Clutch Apply Valve
            • Torque Converter
            • TCC Apply Checkball (#9)
            • TCC PWM Solenoid Valve
          • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift
            • Notes
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Relay Valve and 4-3 Sequence Valve
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 3-4 Accumulator Assembly
            • 3-4 Accumulator Checkball (#1)
            • Accumulator Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve
              • TCC PWM Solenoid Valve
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
          • Overdrive Range, 3-2 Downshift
            • Notes
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 3-4 Clutch Releases and 2-4 Band Applies
              • 3-4 Clutch Piston
            • 3-4 Clutch Exhaust Checkball (#4)
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 3-2 Downshift Valve and 1-2 Upshift Checkball (#8)
            • Downshift Timing and Control
            • 3rd Accumulator Checkball (#2)
            • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve and 3-2 Control Valve
            • 3rd Accumulator Exhaust Checkball (#7)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
          • Manual Third Gear
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • Overrun Clutch Feed Checkball (#5)
            • Overrun Clutch Control Checkball (#6)
            • 3-4 Relay Valve and 4-3 Sequence Valve
            • Overrun Clutch Piston
            • Overrun Clutch Air Bleed Checkball
            • Overrun Clutch Applied - M33 Only
            • Control Valve Body Ball Check Valve - M33 Only
            • Torque Converter Clutch and Torque Converter Clutch PWM Solenoid Valve
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
            • Manual Third - First and Second Gears: Overrun Clutch Released
          • Manual Second Gear
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • First Gear Prevented
            • Overrun Clutch Feed Checkball (#5)
            • Overrun Clutch Piston
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
          • Manual First Gear
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 2-4 Band Releases
              • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 1-2 Accumulator Assembly
            • Accumulator Valve
            • 1-2 Upshift Checkball (#8)
            • Lo and Reverse Clutch Applies
              • Lo Overrun Valve
            • Lo and Reverse Piston
            • Overrun Clutch Applied
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
            • 3-2 Downshift Control Solenoid Valve and the 3-2 Control Valve
        • Fluid Passages
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools (Unit Repair)
    • Automatic Transmission Hydraulic Diagrams - 4L60-E/4L65-E
      • Automatic Transmission System Hydraulic Diagrams
  • Transfer Case
    • Transfer Case - NVG 126-NP4
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Transfer Case Control Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Transfer Case Control Component Views
        • Transfer Case Control Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Transfer Case
        • Diagnostic System Check - Transfer Case
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC C0300: Rear Speed Sensor Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0305: Front Speed Sensor Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0306: Motor A or B Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0327: Encoder Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0374: General System Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0550: ECU Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Transfer Case
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Service Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Service Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Transfer Case Popping Noise
        • Transfer Case Whine or Rumble Noise
        • Transfer Case Grating Noise
        • Transfer Case Clunk during Acceleration and Deceleration
        • Transfer Case Shudder or Binding
        • Transfer Case Leak Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Control Module Reprogramming
          • Set-up for Module Programming/Reprogramming
          • Remote Programming Feature
          • Programming Using Scan Tool Pass-Through Connection
        • Transfer Case Fluid Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Motor/Encoder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Speed Sensor Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Speed Sensor Replacement - Left Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Speed Sensor Replacement - Right Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Output Shaft Seal Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Output Shaft Seal Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Adapter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Input Shaft Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Transfer Case Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Transfer Case Shift Control Module
          • Transfer Case Motor/Encoder
          • Transfer Case Encoder
          • Transfer Case Speed Sensors
            • Notes
            • Vehicle Speed Sensor
            • Rear Propshaft Speed Sensor
            • Front Propshaft Speed Sensor
          • SERVICE AWD Indicator
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Transfer Case - Overhaul -- NVG 126-NP4
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
      • Visual Identification
        • Transfer Case Disassembled View
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transfer Case Disassemble
        • Cleaning and Inspection
          • Front Case Half
          • Rear Case Half
          • Rear Extension
          • Rear Output Shaft
          • Clutch Components
          • Drive Chain and Sprockets
          • Front Output Shaft
          • Input Gear
        • Transfer Case Assemble
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• External Pages